
TURN OUT THE
LIGHTS
(THE TWILIGHTÕS
MOST RECENT GLEAMING)
By Michael J. Clark
1848 Onyx Alley
Eugene, Oregon USA 97403
For Alan Greenspan,
the last of the great white whaleboat captains.
The White Whale swam before him as
the monomaniac incarnation of all those malicious agencies which some deep men
feel eating in them, till they are left living on with half a heart and half a
lung. That intangible malignity
which has been from the beginning; to whose dominion even the modern Christians
ascribe one-half of the worlds; which the ancient Ophites of the east
reverenced in their statue devil; -- Ahab did not fall down and worship it like
them; but deliriously transferring its idea to the abhorred white whale, he
pitted himself, all mutilated, against it. All that most maddens and torments; all that stirs up the
lees of things; all truth with malice in it; all that cracks the sinews and
cakes the brain; all the subtle demonisms of life and thought; all evil, to
crazy Ahab, were visibly personified, and made practically assailable in Moby
Dick. He piled upon the whale's
white hump the sum of all the general rage and hate felt by his whole race from
Adam down; and then, as if his chest had been a mortar, he burst his hot
heart's shell upon it.
Herman
Melville, Moby-Dick, p. 200.
INTRODUCTION
Writing,
for me, is an act of discovery. It
is a turning of the mindÕs sometimes-lucid light on a darkened landscape of
ideas, hoping and trusting that illumination will occur. I write in order to see reality more
clearly. Writing is an act of
focusing the mind through a high-powered lens on things hidden in nature,
images existent in dark energy, dream matter – using the mind to draw
these hidden things out into the open.
Writing,
for me, is not a linear experience – it sometimes involves wandering from
object to object – this can be maddening for some readers who appreciate
the diameter more than the circle.
Writing, for me, is a weaving in and out of ideas, in and out of
symbols, in and out of meanings, which, when stitched together, create a
visible object, a tapestry built by metaphor into a recognizable form.
In
this way poetry is different than prose.
Poetry leaps from idea to idea; poetry wanders, gets lost
sometimes. Prose is causal,
building an argument in a linear fashion, laying out a matrix based on temporal
cause and effect.
This
books is a poetÕs view of history,
a poetÕs view of the real
(non-linear) causes of historic manifestations. As such, a reader must allow for the occasional drifting in
and out of what may seem like foreign, unrelated landscapes, These landscapes are, trust me, connected, but perhaps not connected in a
linear fashion. A spider web is a
whole structure, each part necessary to the whole – but not every strand
of the structure is directly connected to every other strand. The structure of this book is somewhat
like the structure of a spiderÕs web.
I began this book as an attempt to rationalize
(clarify) my own understanding of my immediate environment, which had been
darkened suddenly by a constellation of events: my own retirement surely; also
the sudden destruction of Western Civilization through the devastation of a
financial system seemingly constructed with great care by the self-adoring
Ômasters of the universeÕ on Wall Street, in London and in other western world
capitals.
How
had this happened? Where would it
lead?
I had a fairly clear understanding when I began of the
metaphysical engine driving HistoryÕs manifestations and de-constructions: that
human and historical manifestations on earth were divided into periods of Day
(activity, building, masculine solar organizing energy) and periods of Night
(relative inactivity, deconstruction, feminine lunar dis-organizing energy)
– anti-entropy (negentropy) and entropy. I did not expect, however, when I began writing this book
for this Day/Night sequence to appear in history with such regularity as to
make it predictable.
While
writing this book, I discovered a 36-year cycle in American economic expansions
(top to top) and an 18-year half-cycle (top to bottom). Was this kind of precision possible in
Nature?
The
mind will try to organize chaos into a rational system in order to give itself
some security in confronting the shapelessness, the nothingness, the chaos, of
reality. Perhaps these precise
cycles are nothing more than this mania for mental organization which gives the
human mind the illusion of ÔknowingÕ.
Still,
I have come to believe – through seeing – that the most recent
Day-Cycle of Western Economic Expansion ended (or should have ended) in 2001,
when the Dot Com Bubble burst, causing essentially worthless internet companies
that had been pumped full of hot air by duplicitous investment bankers to fall
back to earth after soaring and making many of these duplicitous bankers
millionaires or even billionaires.
I say should have begun in 2001 had not Federal Reserve Chairman Alan Greenspan essentially – in
a kind of mad positivistic ideological reaction – begun devaluing the
American Dollar hand-over-fist in an attempt to avert the deflation that was
needed to balance the inflationary
financial bubble-factory that had driven America toward an economic precipice,
making his colleagues in the American Ruling Class billions of dollars in the
process – before it all came crashing down.
Cheap
money; more debt; declining productivity – how, again, did this formula
translate into a stronger, leaner, more competitive America? It didnÕt. It translated only into more debt for most Americans and for
the American government – and more wealth – an obscene amount of
wealth in fact – for a handful of AmericaÕs ruling class, those in
banking, finance, and insurance especially, but also in housing and
energy.
An
example of this obscene level of wealth is former Secretary of the Treasury
(and CEO of Goldman Sachs) Henry Paulson who made, it has been reported, more
than $400 million dollars in his position at Goldman Sachs, then transferred
his power seat to the Bush Administration, then blackmailed the U.S. Congress
(and through them the American citizen) for trillions of dollars of taxpayer
money to bail out his friends at Goldman Sachs when the pyramid scheme they had
collectively constructed collapsed in 2008.
I
remember reading what a great Ômaster of the universeÕ Hank Paulson was, what a
giant of finance, what a titan of American commercial life – a genius,
indeed. Really? And I had been wondering why this titan
of finance was not sharing a prison cell with everyoneÕs favorite thief,
Bernard Madoff? PaulsonÕs
plundering of the American Treasury is the greatest act of thievery in the
history of the Earth.
2001 was also the year of the September 11th
Muslim attacks on American commercial, political and military symbols, the
destruction of the Twin Towers in New York City being the most devastating of
these attacks. This attack
symbolically marked the end of the 18-year economic expansion of Western
Civilization (the ideal of the ÔindividualÕ and the triumph of ÔprivateÕ
enterprise) that began with Ronald ReaganÕs capitalist revolution in 1983. Day-Cycles exemplify Ôprivate enterpriseÕ,
and focus on individual gain, individual activity; Night-cycles exemplify
Ôsocial enterpriseÕ, and focus on group survival, group activity.
The
period of 1983-2001 marked the 18-year period of economic expansion that
followed the 18 year period of economic stagflation from 1965-1983, during
which time America endured both high unemployment and high inflation, a flat
investment market on Wall Street, and the spiritual death experience emblematic
of the Counter-Culture movement, as the civil rights rebellion, the war in
Vietnam and the general anti-Capitalist flavor of the period cast doubt on the
purity of AmericaÕs history, exposing racial atrocity, economic bullying, and
militaristic terrorism in Asia and Latin America. Clearly, this period produced the deflation of the American
Ego – self-accusation, social fragmentation and polarization, civil
disaffection and even armed conflict against the white, male power structure.
Ego
expansion, inflation, requires and assumes social unity, either through a
shared sense of danger, or through the enforced conformism – and through
the shared doctrine of Ôindividual responsibilityÕ. Ego contraction, deflation, produces a climate of social
division that threatens the government, the ruling class, and the economic
hierarchy of the civilization: the very fabric of the society becomes torn.
This
is where we are headed, straight into social division, polarization between the
haves and have-nots, anger at the government and their masters in the Ruling
Class (mostly white, mostly men) perhaps revolution. This disintegration will continue until around 2019, when
the negative energy of the deflation period (Ôemptying outÕ) will give way to
the more positive energy of the inflation experience (Ôfilling upÕ).
Period
A. 2001 – 2019: Night
Cycle Deflation, Social Fragmentation, Chaos
Period
B. 1983 – 2001: Day
Cycle Inflation, Higher forms of Organization
Period
C. 1965 – 1983: Night
Cycle Deflation, Social Fragmentation, Chaos
Period
D. 1947 – 1965: Day
Cycle Inflation, higher forms of Organization
Period
E. 1929 – 1947: Night
Cycle Deflation, Social Fragmentation, Chaos
Period
F. 1911 – 1929: Day
Cycle Inflation, higher forms of Organization
Period
G. 1893 – 1911: Night
Cycle Deflation, Social Fragmentation, Chaos
Period
H. 1875 – 1893: Day
Cycle Inflation, higher forms of Organization
Period
I. 1857 – 1875: Night
Cycle Deflation, Social Fragmentation, Chaos
Period
J. 1839 – 1957: Day
Cycle Inflation, higher forms of Organization
Period
K. 1821 – 1839: Night
Cycle Deflation, Social Fragmentation, Chaos
Period
L. 1803 – 1821: Day
Cycle Inflation, higher forms of Organization
Period
M. 1785 – 1803: Night
Cycle Deflation, Social Fragmentation, Chaos
Period
N. 1767 – 1785: Day
Cycle Inflation, higher forms of Organization
The reader will see that the periods of deflation do include periods of social fragmentation, polarization
and chaos, civil war, periods of class warfare and periods of economic depression. Periods of inflation (ego-inflation, not necessarily monetary inflation) include a return to
national roots, a baptism, a washing clean of the sins of the past (a drinking
from the River Lethe in the sense of the Greek Myth, a suspension of accusatory
Memory), often a threat to national security and the resurrection of the Father
Figure image – and a reawakening of religious imagery, embedded in
symbols of Old Testament ÔchosenÕ people imagery.
Put
in the local vernacular, Ego-deflation Night-Cycles empower the Indian persona
from American history.
Ego-inflation Day-Cycles empower the Cowboy persona from American
history. The ÔIndianÕ is tribal
(group-oriented), lunar, horizontal in orientation – animated by the
imagistic dream content – and by the ethic of equality. The ÔCowboyÕ is individualistic, solar,
vertical in orientation – climbing the ladder in search of objective
recognition – animated by the scientific Ôreal worldÕ of causality and
engineering, city-building, active god-like behavior, and by the ethic of
freedom.
It
is this active, god-like behavior – pride, or the Greek idea of Hubris – that causes Adam and Eve to fall from the
pure state of Paradise and to be cast into darkness (death, illness, decline,
depression), which is the essence of the Night-Cycle of Ego Deflation, as the
human being suddenly awakens to his own limitations, his own mortality, his own
inability to stem the tide of the collapse through the old Cowboy logic of hard
work, will power, and positive thinking – that is, of exclusion of the
shadow, the negative energy, from the picture, creating the illusion of unity,
a unity of parts.
Pubic
spending wonÕt fix the decline; engineers canÕt curb the collapse; politicians
canÕt talk or cheer their way out of the reality of the contraction. Nothing but time (18 years) can
resurrect the dead power-source and inflate the ideals of civilization
again.
The
book looks more closely at these different periods of expansion and
decline.
In this book, I will also look more closely at the 18
year cycle as it fits a 4-season cycle as a paradigm of historical development,
a schema that owes something to both Gambatitsta Vico and Oswald Spengler.

This image represents a visual system of HistoryÕs
stages – and applies to 18-year cycles and to historical life cycles in a
more general sense.
History
begins in a love of God, then transforms into a love of the world (of men),
then returns to a love of God is three major steps, through four major personas
or guardians. Black Giant (Nature,
Dark Ages, Space: Midnight); Renaissance Man (First Middle Ages, Dawn); White
Giant (Man, Empiricism, Time, Noon); Revolutionary Romantic Man (Second Middle
Ages, Dusk).
This
process will be examined quite thoroughly in the book that follows.
The Day-Cycle is essentially an idealization of the
Masculine Principle. The
Night-Cycle is an idealization of the Feminine Principle. The Day-Cycle idealizes physical
strength, wealth, body, athletic ability, business acumen, heroism, military
skills, mathematics, technology, construction abilities, religious discipline,
the moral principle of Power or Freedom.
The Night-Cycle idealizes love, thought, mind, spirituality, poetry,
art, philosophy, mythology, religious mysticism, the moral principle of Love or
Equality.
During
Night-Cycles, men tend to grow their hair long and dress and act more like
women.
During
Day-Cycles, women tend to cut their hair short and dress and act more like men.
\
TURN OUT THE LIGHTS
(THE TWILIGHTÕS MOST RECENT GLEAMING)
The party's over,
It's time to call it a day
They've burst your pretty balloon
And taken the moon away.
It's time to wind up the masquerade
Just make your mind up
The piper must be paid.
The party's over
The candles flicker and dim
You danced and dreamed through the night
It seemed to be right
Just being with him.
Now you must wake up,
All dreams must end
Take off your makeup,
The party's over
It's all over, my friend
-Words by Betty Comden and Adolph
Green and Music by Jule Styne
CHAPTER ONE.
AS THE WORLD TURNSÉDOWN
In
April 2008, I retired after working thirty years as an administrative assistant
in the Architecture Department at the University of Oregon.
Almost
immediately, upon retiring, my vision of the future turned black. I was standing before an abyss. True, my life patterns, thirty years of
the creation and preservation of a ritual, had ended – and I was
undergoing a kind of psychic death.
But there was more than this.
The precipice at which I was standing was a cultural, racial gulf. The world we had known so well –
which we had taken for granted and assumed would continue into the foreseeable
future – was ending.
In Jungian psychological literature, when interpreting
the ÔinnerÕ meaning of medieval alchemy, this period is called the Ôblack sunÕ,
Sol negro, and indicates the
beginning of the soulÕs descent into the underworld, the sunÕs descent into
death and darkness, prior to eventual rebirth on the other side of the
Night. The soul descends into the
Ôocean of the unconsciousÕ and undergoes a death and purification ritual,
washing itself clean of sins, facing its own judgments against its impurities
and imperfections – and enters a period of dormancy, like a seed lying
latent in the cold earth – to be awakened only, and with a new vision, a
new body, and a new personal mission, when stirred to life by the warm rays of
the virginal, Spring Sun.
Understood
spiritually or psychologically, alchemy was the story of the individualÕs quest
to attain rebirth from a moral death, a popped Ego-bubble, that occurs at the
end of a Day-cycle of active external social living – i.e., a Day of
material existence. The vas, the container inside of which the alchemist tried to
transform lead into gold, was the individual soul, inside of which the
now-isolate human being attempted to transform the heavy night of a leaden
depression and loss into the new gold of solar regeneration.
When
the Day turned into Night, a new body was ultimately re-fashioned from the
remnants of the old. The physical
body weakened; and the spiritual body, the soul, became the vehicle of this
transitory reckoning in the land of Darkness. Despair, Depression, loss of body and wealth, were psychic
stages in this solar cleansing process.
It became clear to me, almost as if a light switch had
been suddenly turned off, that the American financial system (and the global
economy that America had been championing under the guise of Ôfree market
capitalismÕ for so long) was heading off a precipice. There was nothing we could do to stop it. The world we had known for so long was
slowly, irrevocably vanishing, matter being swallowed by a vast black hole that
resided in the very center of our economic galaxy.
The
world was ending.
And
Ôpositive thinkingÕ, a cheerleading of material markets by its political and
intellectual and practical enthusiasts, with their rational, technological
ingenuity, which had helped to engender this most recent phase of the Great
American EmpireÕs expansion (and its offspring, the global economic order),
would not be able to stem the inevitable turning of Day into Night, the
irresistible transformation of Positive into Negative Energy.
This book is about philosophical principles. It is about how the world really works
and what really led to the collapse of world capitalism. It is not about financial principles so
much. Writers will argue about the
financial cause(s) of the collapse: the housing bubble, engineered by Alan
Greenspan and his disciple Ben Bernanke; greed of Wall Street bankers, mortgage
brokers and mortgage companies, federal agencies, lack of federal
oversight. Sophisticated mortgage
bonds will be blamed, credit swaps, mortgage insurance. President George Bush will be blamed. American consumers will also be
blamed. Also targeted will be the
lust for status and credit and consumer goods, which lust had driven the global
feeding frenzy – and which had generated personal global wealth on a
scale never before seen in human history.
Yes,
there was a good side to this expansion.
The good side was probably clear to everyone. Now we will get to see the shadow-side that accrues from a
global loss of balance in values.
In my mind, these Ôfinancial causesÕ are all effects
of the expansion rather than cause.
The ecstasy of greed creates corruption, theft, misuse of power, many
forms of criminality, and desperation; shameful human behavior is often illuminated in much the same way as a low
ocean tide reveals garbage, bones, dead bodies, as the water retreats from its
raucous and relatively lawless period of high tide, revealing evidence of
crimes committed during the raging of the mad period of expansion of the
will. Bernie Madoff is not the
only criminal who has been exposed by the receding of the water of greed. A government, if truly interested in
prosecuting white-collar crimes, could busy itself for a decade pursuing
criminal acts in banking, investment banking, mortgage-abuse, and bribery of
government officials that have occurred in the last two decades, but especially
the last eight years.
I,
personally, do not blame George Bush for the collapse of the western financial
system. He cannot control every
limb of the American political tree, control every aspect of the unwieldy,
voracious, political beast.
However, the Republican ideology which has been in power since the
advent of Ronald Reagan, which demands that Ôbusiness be allowed to do what it
does bestÕ, with less and less government scrutiny, is, without question, responsible for both the creation
and the destruction of the booming global economy.
We
must remember that what business does best is to generate profits – the
shadow side of this profit-generation is the practice of cheating and stealing
and manipulating laws and law-makers in homage to the God of Wealth and the
ideal of plutocracy. Business
seeks to destroy or diminish competition, so that it can raise prices and,
where possible, scalp the public for necessary or unnecessary goods and
services. Higher profits and lower
costs are what make a business successful.
The
obscene profits generated by oil companies in the last decade give us a pretty
good picture of what unregulated business is all about, when it is not
regulated by laws rigorously set up to protect the consumer from unscrupulous
business practices.
There
is a thin line between regulations protecting the consumer and regulations
serving economic expansion in an affluent society, both of these ends
ultimately being the goal.
We are emerging from – and this will involve a
very painful recalibration of our virtue -- a rapacious age of materialism,
business expansion, glorification of the entrepreneur, the fleecing of the
consumer by banks and credit agencies – an Age of Greed (an Age of White
Collar Mafiosos) that has turned most Americans and most Europeans and many
world citizens into credit-slaves, eager to exchange their own financial
freedom for the seeming economic success defined by unending consumption in the
name of prosperity and technological progress. Success is measured in this type of society by the number
and quality of objects one owns: houses, vehicles, electronic devices, designer
clothes, etc. When I write that
we, as a society and as a globe and as a race, have turned our back on God,
this is my meaning: Human character is not the measure of the man in this age;
but material goods are the measure.
In Biblical history, God turns His back on Man when Man forgets
God. Metaphorically, this is what
happens when the Night-Cycle of death and pain succeed the Day-Cycle of pride
and wealth and self-worship.
When
I describe the shadow-side of the economic expansion, I am also very aware of
its opposite: the relative political peace and economic well-being that has
graced the world, more or less, since the defeat of fascism in 1945.
I
am not a hater of business, or of the business class, and their political party
in America, the Republicans, although it may seem that way from my first few
statements. In my view Ronald
Reagan ÔsavedÕ America from the chaos and stagnation of a protracted democratic
rule – the surrender to the malaise of nihilism, so wonderfully
exemplified by President Jimmy Carter, with his messianic vision of
self-sacrifice and the desired death of American Exceptionalism. There was a time for the Republicans
– the personification of the Cowboy myth in America – the prophets
of free enterprise, individualism, law and order, science and reason, survival
through strength, the glory of wealth and social hierarchy and Man above and
segregated from Nature. A rising
to the trumpet of Empire.
However,
there is also a time for the Democrats – the personification of the
Indian myth in America – the prophets of a planned economy, the
community, justice, poetry, art, metaphysics and philosophy, survival through
diplomatic alliances, the glory of thought and culture; with humanity as a wise
and modest part of an integrated Nature.
The
Republicans represent the Day Hero in all its Solar bodily glory and youth.
The
Democrats represent the Night Hero in all its Lunar glory of culture and
thought and maturity.
The
Republicans rule the Day World of Science, Trade, Engineering, City-Building
and the manifestation of the order of Empire: the life of the body.
The
Democrats rule the Night World of Metaphysics, Art, Music, Literature,
Philosophy: the life of the soul.
The
Republicans are the manifestation of the Sun. The Democrats are the manifestation of the Moon.
When I speak of the real cause of the financial
meltdown in 2008, I make reference to the mechanism of duality which drives all
phenomenological expression at least on this Earth, and, possibly, in this
Universe. The discovery of
anti-matter in the 1920Õs seems to indicate this Law of Duality is an essential character of this universe. Religious thought dating back thousands
of years has assured us that duality is the guiding principle of all
manifestation. Some religious
thought, especially that generated in the Mediterranean, insists this duality
is the manifestation of God (light) and the Devil (darkness), two principles
which are engaged in an eternal struggle on Earth for control of the
world. Asian thought (Hindu and
Buddhist thought most clearly) understand this duality to be a secondary
manifestation of the world, and, as such, an illusion. The world is a ring, a stage, in which
the struggle or dance between light and darkness is essentially the illusion
driving all life into activity, creating passion, politics, war, the struggle
of ideas. Us against them; I love
that woman; communism is better than capitalism; Day is good and Night is bad.
Asian
philosophy says the essential nature of reality is Whole, the One, Unity. And when the One splits in to Two, this
is where all the trouble begins.
But,
this split is necessary and it is periodical.
Christians and Muslims (and the Zoroastrians before
them) have historically aligned with the illusive dualistic view of Nature,
seeing the world as a drama expressing the struggle of God against the
Devil. Typically, in this
world-view, you, are, yourself, GodÕs emissary, and your opponent, by default,
becomes the DevilÕs agent.
Christians and Muslims have a long and terrible history of arrogant
religious tyranny, oppression of differences, racist theology, and a
hyper-polarized conformist ideology.
(This structural fuel of duality is not just produced in religious
thought. Communism, an atheistic
theology, assures us, in a different diction, that communists work for God and
capitalists work for the Devil. A
different language but the same underlying mechanism.)
Christianity
has had its reformation, and its separation of church and state. Islam is in desperate need of such a
reformation if it is to evolve and experience a true life-cycle, rather than to
remain situated at the edge of the moral world, desert-bound, itÕs identity
nested somewhat comfortably within
the role of World-Destroyer, the crescent moon, the scythe, armed to try to
kill the Day-Hero, who is the Devil in their anti-material theology.
To
say that Christianity has had its reformation, is not to say that all is right
and good with the Christian world.
The most likely result of the shattering of the global economy will be a
reconfiguration of political power in the world, similar to what happened in
the 1930Õs. Further polarization is
guaranteed. Further manifestation
of fundamental Christianity, or a form of it, is very likely, as the
conventional morality of civilization breaks apart and racial, religious
identity begins to form as an expression of the life-and-death emotion that lives
in the heart of the primordial.
Civil war in Europe, between Christian/Aryan elements against Muslim
elements, is almost guaranteed.
Economic
collapse ensures political
transformations on a grand scale.
The fracturing of the World-Egg will allow the new stage of the Divine
Idea to be born, but on the other side of the Night Experience we are all
currently entering.
This
book will be, among other things, a prophecy of the coming events on the world
political scene. The Western
World, and its shadow, the global economy, is about to reap the Biblical
whirlwind again. (I say ÔagainÕ, because the Day and Night sequences of history
come along at regular intervals, intervals that seem to be calculable also, and
will continue to do so, apparently, until our universe disappears.)
In American politics, this current duality is
expressed through the two forces of Republican and Democrat. The Republicans tend to see
themselves as GodÕs party, the party of the Father, the party with Christian
roots. Many Republicans
(especially those with evangelical ties) tend to view liberal Democrats as
agents of Satan, as agents of social license, political and moral decay, the
party of homosexuality, drug use,
broken families, witchcraft, willful degeneration – in essence,
the party of the antichrist.
Many
polarized Democrats, for their part, tend to view Republicans as soulless
materialists, agents of patriarchal oppression, racists, militarists, fascists,
perfectly willing and even eager to destroy Nature for the sake of personal,
racial and national profit, using religion as a pretext for aggression, greed,
selfish virtue, and mindless conformity to fundamental Christian doctrine.
Each
of these views is accurate from its own perspective. Each is a half-truth.
That is, an illusion.
The
polarized nature can see only two of four moral dimensions of Nature: each can
see their own virtue and their enemyÕs vice. They cannot see, during their own period of emotionalized manifestation
or polarization or incarnation, their own shadow, their vice, or the virtuous
side of their enemy. These ÔotherÕ
dimensions are very real
also. The Republicans are good and
bad, light and dark; the Democrats are the same, to put it in rather mundane
terminology.
This
partial picture of moral reality makes it possible for Republicans to hate
Democrats and for Democrats to hate Republicans, for Muslims to hate and kill
Christians, for Christians to hate and kill American IndiansÉ.as the wheel of
karmic retribution goes round and round.
Duality
is the engine of incarnation, and drives the manifestation of natureÕs higher
kingdoms (of which humanity is one part).
It is also, as I have suggested, the motor of the Wheel of Karma, in the
Asian theology, for incarnation is
the stage upon and during which sins are committed through the agency of a
desire for life, a desire for a separate existence, and a desire for power.
There would be a constant state of war (international
and civil war) in the world of men if God had not also built in to this system
(the Laws of Nature, which are both physical and metaphysical) a mediating
Middle Principle which seeks to bring peace between the two animating
polarities. In one human, social
aspect, the Middle Principle is the Middle Class of a given society, situated
between perpetual enemies, the rich and the poor, patricians and plebians,
republicans and democrats, whites and blacks, men and women, north and south,
east and westÉ.
What
is it Leonard Cohen sings?
There
is a war between the rich and poor,
A
war between the man and the woman.
There
is a war between the ones who say there is a war
And the ones who say there isn't.
When the Middle Class is large and vital, this class
acts as the creative principle of the society. The middle
pillar, the middle class, as a kind of social organism, joins the rich
when the power of the poor needs to be reduced, when the chaos of rebellion and
resistance to order becomes too dangerous to the life of the society –
and when the individual members of the middle class believe they can gain a
more comfortable, secure life by joining the ruling class – when they get
greedy. The middle class joins the
poor when the power of the rich needs to be reduced (as we saw happen in 2008,
with the election of Barak Obama), when the ruthless Ôsurvival of the fittestÕ
capitalistic, individualistic ideology turns a blind eye on the sufferings of
the poor, and when capitalist greed sinks the boats of society, and endangers
all its life-boats. When the
individual members of the middle class dream about becoming rich, they join the
ruling class politically, creating Republican rule; when they dream about
becoming poor – which is the shadow side of the ÔAmerican DreamÕ, the
nightmare-side -- they join the working class politically, creating Democratic
rule.
When there is no middle class, there is no creation in
the society – the Ôwater of lifeÕ has been withdrawn from the system
– and the two poles are fixed in deadly opposition and civil war. When there is no viable middle class,
the society is essentially dead.
It has lost its animating heart.
Then there is no evolution.
All thatÕs left is conflict, and, ultimately, the triumph of either the
Fascist Father or the Communist Mother principles.
In
a living society, the middle class (the mediating middle ÔLifeÕ principle
– the Demiurgos in some mythologies) creates the Heavens and creates the
Earth sequentially, by cycling (via the infamous Figure 8) both above and
below, informing gods about the nature of Earth and informing men about the
nature of the Heaven.
In
one sense, this Middle Principle is a ÔmirrorÕ which kills or neutralizes the
polarization of both Heaven and Earth by presenting a picture of the Ôvirtuous sideÕ of the opposition to
each of the polar opposites. It
pictures ÔwholenessÕ, which kills the fragmented part it encounters, thereby
educating it into a larger scale of perception.
We
recognize this mediating middle principle in the intellectual mechanism
(dialectics) by which opposites (Thesis and Antithesis) are synthesized into a
new idea or entity incorporating, in itself, both views, ideas and values of
the original polarity. The middle
principle arms both sides with ideas they can use against the other, but always
acts as a balance against too much power being gained by either side.
The
clearest form of the manifestation of this Middle Principle in politics is
democracy, in which system Right and Left wings of political power are held
together as a unity by the informing Middle Principle which is Republican
during the Day Period of political manifestation and Democratic during the
Night Period of political dematerialization. The Middle Principle in a viable democracy keeps both sides
from gaining absolute power. When
either side gains absolute power, the society is no longer alive and evolving.
The
Middle Principle, by educating and evolving both sides of the polarity, is
Life, itself, whose behavior, thus, ensures the circulation of the life-force
between the Head and the Body, between the North and South, between the
Abstract and the Concrete Physical – between the East and the West,
between Social Obligation and Individual Will -- much as the heart in the body
circulates blood throughout the body, north and south and east and west.
The
Middle Principle, the Soul, if the guiding force of evolution, educating the
Body of Life during the Day-Cycle and educating the Mind of Life during the
Night-Cycle. Material Science
evolves; Spiritual Science also evolves.
Each cycle is an attempt to update the world-form that preceded it,
expand it, reconfigure it, and take it a step or two further. Science evolves; Religion evolves
– but, without the Middle Principle, the Soul, nothing evolves,
everything becomes frozen in time.
The discovery of antimatter in the 1930Õs (the
discovery of anything in science is almost always the work of many people
spread over many years – so whether Paul Dirac or Carl David Anderson is
given credit for the ÔdiscoveryÕ of matterÕs magical mirror-world seems
relatively inconsequential now) opened a new door to the scientific
understanding of the nature of the universe, and the illusive quality of the
natureÕs duality. Anti-matter is a
mirror-image of matter. An atom of
matter is composed of a positive nucleus -- a positive proton and a neutral
neutron -- and orbiting negative electrons. An atom of anti-matter is composed of a negative nucleus --
negative anti-proton and a neutral anti-neutron -- and orbiting positive
anti-electrons. An atom of
Hydrogen is mirrored by an anti-atom of anti-Hydrogen – although no one
is really certain as to where this anti-atom of anti-Hydrogen may be hiding at
any given moment.
If
our physical universe is composed mostly of material atoms, is it not likely
that antimaterial-atoms probably compose an anti-universe that ÔreflectsÕ our
material universe? Even if we use
this description only as a metaphor at this point, it is not painful on the
imagination to see the Republican Party as the masters of the Material Universe
and the Democrats as the anti-masters of the Anti-Material Universe.
I
am not making value judgments about these different seasons and universes. As I have written, each universe has
both a positive and a negative aspect.
In a similar way, the North is the material world, and the South is the
antimaterial world, with the magnetic field of perception reversing at the
equator, which divides the Earth in to two equal halves. A metaphor of this Ômirror reflectionÕ
shows that water runs down a drain clockwise in the Northern Hemisphere, and
counter-clockwise in the Southern Hemisphere.
When the ÔIdealÕ Republican raises his right hand, the
ideal Democrat raises his left. To
the Republican (especially as manifest through the so-called ÔReligious RightÕ
of fundamentalist Christians) white is good and black is bad. To the Ideal Democrat, black is good
and white is bad. The dark-skinned
(southern) races have been persecuted by the Christian-driven (northern) white
races for so long that the Ômoral balanceÕ is now tipped toward the southern
races for the sake of balance.
The
Republican sees wealth as a sign of GodÕs personal reward. The Democrat is suspicious of wealth,
and feels guilt associated with wealth, assuming that success in business is a
form of successful corruption, which suggests a metaphorical Ôcontract with the
DevilÕ. The Democrat is against
matter, against the corporation, which is a manifestation of the body-life. The Republican is for matter, for the
corporation, for the body, as a manifestation of power in the world – and
against spirit (or antimatter) as a manifestation of weakness, weak-willed
female weakness, abstract weakness, poverty, death, darkness.
I
am not suggesting that the atoms composing the poles of matter and antimatter
are stationary and fixed. These
poles evolve and change, as long as the middle principle exists and continues
to educate the poles. The wheel
turns and individual atoms ride the wheel into heaven and back down to earth.
The
Republican becomes a Democrat; and a Democrat is transformed into a
Republican. Evolution involves the
weight of the fulcrum changing its orientation, tilting toward the Father or
tilting toward the Mother.
Europe
has tilted toward the Mother for many years now, since America has been willing
to play the Father-Role for Europe (for American gain surely, not out of the
goodness of our hearts). Now
Europe will swing back toward the Father-Worship that got Europe in so much
trouble 72 years ago. Recent
European elections show that socialists are out of power now and center-right
and far-right parties are gaining power in Europe, blaming immigrants for all
their social problems. This is
just the beginning. Europe will be
fighting for her racial life, as Islam has moved in to Europe, threatening to
throw its blanket of submission to Allah over the heads of European States and
suffocate them with ideological righteousness – which is another form of
fascism.
As
Europe swings to the Father again, America swings back to the Mother. This happened in the 1930Õs as well.
If this social metaphor I have introduced is an
accurate picture of reality, then I would expect science to discover, at some
point soon, the method by which the Middle Principle (composed of both matter
and anti-matter) can ÔbecomeÕ matter at one phase and anti-matter at the
next. In fact, in 2006, science
did discover a particle, far smaller than any atom, that switches itself back
and forth between being a piece of matter and a piece of anti-matter, 18
trillion times each second. The
back-and-forth switching appears to be one of the fastest processes in nature.
In
the world of mythology, Mercury was the messenger between the gods and men, carrying
messages back and forth between Heaven and Earth. Mercury was associated in Western theology with Michael the
Archangel; and Michael the Archangel was associated with Jesus Christ.
What does all this have to do with the collapse of the
American-driven capital market system?
And where is this collapse leading America, Europe and the world?
Those
are questions we will examine as we progress through this book.
I
am not of the opinion that the
most recent collapse of the Republican-engineered global American Empire, and
its form, the global economy, signals the end of the American empire and will
propel America into the state of a lost nation or a second-rate power. Many wish for this. Many Europeans speak gleefully of this
vision as a wish the result of which would catapult European nations back into
a position of empirical rule and global dominance, something for which many of
the European Ruling Class are pining, remembering the good old days of their
own Ôunlimited wealthÕ through oppression of Africans, Asians, South Americans
and even North Americans. But
history does not limp backwards.
The days of European youth are gone. But Europe will play a large role in the coming apocalyptic
events, which role I will consider later in this book.
This
current economic collapse will last for many years and will dramatically alter
the face of global political alliances and power. If there is any accuracy in the numbers I will introduce
later in the book, this Great Depression will last until, approximately, the
year 2019 and will be accompanied by earth-shattering wars and political
re-alignments.
We need to understand that the current crisis is not primarily an economic crisis – the effect of the crisis is a collapse of the global economic
system. What has caused this
economic collapse is a spiritual
crisis resulting in a loss of identity, as Western ego-inflation (in the words
of Jungian analysts) has popped, deflated and entered the formless world of
Night, or Material Darkness.
Economic
depressions come regularly in the history of living human systems as the male
identity (the ego) ÔdiesÕ or is defeated, turns inward and descends into the
formless darkness of chaos and self-judgment in an attempt to gain
self-understanding, peace and comprehension of the meaning of life – to
find his God, in other words. The
ego (now Non-Ego) also seeks in the Darkness the identity of its next
incarnation, its next life, its next phase of bubble-creation. The convex bubble (extroversion)
becomes a concave bubble (introversion), digging a hole in the inner nature
similar in extent and opposite in moral dimension to the dome it has built in
its previous Day-time incarnation.
The Day-Ego builds a dome in the world of matter; and the Night-Anti-Ego
builds an anti-dome in the world of antimatter.
In
nearly every religious system, creation of the world begins with the breath of
God. The Creative God(s) Ôbreathes
Life in toÕ – i.e., blows a bubble -- in the fabric of eternity. This bubble becomes a separate particle of Time (a mortal
phenomenon with a defined length of existence) inside of which, and through
which, Life expresses itself, experiencing objectivity, until the innate alarm
clock goes off and the particle bursts or collides with its opposite. The Male Expansionary Energy pops and
vanishes into the Darkness, in much the same way that Icarus, after flying at
the Sun, singes his wax wings and falls into the ocean. Death/Dissolution is a falling back in
to the waters of the Unconscious.
Day-Energy builds the positive world; Night-Energy builds the negative
world, destroying the world that the Day-Energy has created.
This
is the real cause of the collapse
of the global economy. The alarm
clock went off. Energy changed its
form and direction. The Sun-Hero
was wounded, fell back toward earth, and was transformed in to the Night. And now the mythological Darkness, the
Power of Chaos, has taken control.
About times and dates, brothers, there is no need to
write
to you for you are well aware in any case that the Day
of the Lord is going to come like a thief in the
night.
It is when people are saying ÒHow quiet and peaceful
it isÓ
that sudden destruction falls upon them, as suddenly
as labor
pains come on a pregnant woman; and there is no
escape.
1 Thessalonians: 5: 1-3
What can we do about this?
Nothing
really. We cannot ÔfixÕ the
problem. Only Time can fix the
problem.
The
Republican, masculine Day-Force, wants to ÔfixÕ things. The Republican is essentially a Cowboy,
an Engineer, a Problem-Solver.
ÔGive me a problem to solve; and letÕs keep it simple.Õ In the (paraphrased) words of John
McCain: ÔLetÕs fight, fight, fight!Õ
LetÕs fight chaos; letÕs fight complexity; letÕs fight pessimism. If we are willing to fight, we can
overcome anything.Õ
This
approach works wonderfully in the world of matter. But it does not work in the world of antimatter. Matter, rational coherence, male
externalized energy literally disintegrates as it approaches the horizon of the
black hole. Everything that worked
for male energy in the Day Cycle tends not to work for male energy in the Night
Cycle. There are new Laws of
Nature in the anti-dome of antimatter, laws which are based on the laws of
Metaphor and Analogy, not upon the Day-Nature laws of Cause and Effect. Day-Nature is measured from the
outside; Night-Nature must be measured from the inside. Day-Nature measures from the outside in
a controlled environment; Night-Nature measures from the inside with tools of
metaphor, analogy, symbolism. The
tools that work in the sunlight do not work in the moonlight.
The next decade promises to be very difficult; but it
will also have its rewards. What
can individuals do now? Each
person must find his God – and seek to make himself Whole, make himself
the Middle Principle. It is time
to build an ark, to acknowledge the Moon as the counterpart of the Sun, to
paint blood on the door, and to prepare for the Force of Death to pass over the
world community once again. Fear
of God is a good thing. Modesty is
a positive value. Generosity and
understanding and the community of shared suffering are virtues.
If
there were only these two in the world – intellect and body –
but
there were no soul, then the intellect would not be drawn to the
body
(for it is entirely immobile and is not supplied with a principle
of
movement, although it is far distant from the body), nor would the
body
be drawn to the intellect since it is just as incapable and ineffective
in
moving by itself, and is far removed from the intellect. But if soul
is
interposed, conforming to both, there may be an easy attraction
from
one to the other.
The
Planets, Marsilio Ficino
CHAPTER TWO.
ANATOMY OF A CRIME
(A Lust for Life is Also A Fear of Death)
"We're breaking the law, okay? We're breaking the law.
You know we're breaking the law. I know we're breaking the
law.
What the hell do you think is going on here? We're sitting on an Enron.
This isÉbigger than Enron. I mean, weÕre doing four billion
a month in loans.
If housing drops,
housing value drops, people start to default, you know?
This is a nightmare. These people will not survive it,"
Banker Paul Bishop to Executives at World Savings
Bank
Can one speak of a ÔcrimeÕ having been committed in
the context of inevitability?
Is there free will to act against the concords of oneÕs own nature? Is Fate absolute? Is Destiny a loose-fitted garment that
allows the individual the authority to choose an act that deviates from the
harmony of history, from the logic of
the path of oneÕs own Destiny?
These
are all large questions that have been debated for millennia.
The
electron beam is destined by its momentum and by its very definition to act in
a certain manner (the Laws of Nature).
But the electron beam is composed of myriad electrons, each free to act
according to its own persuasion, apparently, but also to be balanced by some
other electron in the beam so that the destiny and definition of that electron
beam is not violated. Destiny does
not pick which electron seeks freedom and which electron exercises
balance. Apparently there is
chance, and, at the same time, there is necessity and order.
Is
this a scientific model which describes a solution to the dilemma of human
fate, destiny, and free will?
So, there was a crime committed. There were many crimes committed. Corruption is a loss of balance between
Ôhuman natureÕ and the laws that govern the boundaries of human nature. Many of the human laws that have been
in effect since the Great Depression in the 1930Õs and that were designed to
limit the crimes of banks and businesses and to protect American consumers from
commercial robbery were rigorously stripped away by Republicans and Democrats
alike, Democrats falling in to line with Republican dogma which essentially turned
over all business-related policy-making decisions to American business-leaders,
the implication being that the Ôreal worldÕ of material profit was really the only world that really mattered.
The
ideology of the Ôrugged individualÕ is the essence of modern republicanism: God
rewards those who work hard, who innovate, who conquer the world; and those who
donÕt should (there was a moral
imperative in all of this) be condemned to poverty and loss. Selfishness and Ôego expansionÕ
(self-actualization) drive the world into the future and are the mark of
societyÕs ÔwinnersÕ, risk-takers, evolutionary titans. It was manifest destiny on the
psycho-sexual and economic planes.
ÔLosersÕ are those with too much conscience, too much modesty, too much
subjectivity, too much introversion – not enough aggression, talent and
ambition.
America,
as a culture, has always had ultimate respect for ÔwinnersÕ, ambition,
success. Losers were the shadow side
of this bright light: lazy, shiftless, criminal, drug-addicted, stupid. For centuries these descriptions were
generally reserved for the under-class of dark-skinned Americans:
American-Indians, African-Americans, Latinos, Asians (although Asians did much
through hard work and discipline to elevate themselves as a race of
competitors, though mostly through the arts of mimicry and doubled or tripled
effort)É American success was
defined, as a reflection of the same European success and world-dominance, as
the triumph of the White Race.
Expansion
of the Ego separates the races into a hierarchy of values (ÔcolorsÕ as well as
moral virtues), with Will, the Will to Success, the Will to Rule, the Will to
be White, rising above all other values.
The Ego is separated from the Shadow as the Individual Hero, the Ego,
climbs the ladder of Power and takes his place in the Sun. And, certainly, there are many positive
repercussions to this isolate Will climbing the ladder of success: climbing to
power, ruling the world, bringing innovation, technics, new ideas, and
prosperity with him.
The
Sun Hero climbs out of Darkness and brings light and fertility to the whole
world, warmth and expansion, wealth, cities, human culture. But there is a shadow-side also. Human pride, and Ego-inflation, result
when the human being attempts to become a God, attempts to become the Human
Sun, seeks to control the world, make it submit to his own will, as if he were
God.
For
this sin of human pride, Ego-Inflation, there is the punishment of
Ego-Deflation, a kind of psychic or moral death, at which time the prideful
human, having fallen from the realm of power and immortality, must face his own
Shadow, must face his own sins, his human limitations, the small side of his
own nature.
The
sin or crime of Economic-Inflation results, ultimately, in
Economic-Deflation. The Day of
success, and wealth and power must
become, in time, the Night of failure, poverty and recognition of oneÕs
limitations.
Orthodox
religion, by definition, has racist implications. The Light of Day, with its heavenly qualities, joy,
security, wealth, power, fertility, the Triumph of Light over Darkness, in
all cultures, represents GodÕs
blessings. God is Light; and the
Devil is Dark. By implication, God
is White; and the Devil is Black.
Humans in the grip of fundamental religious passion naturally associate
color with theocratic structure.
It is in their own interest to do this, for survival becomes an issue,
survival of race, nation, family, self.
In nature, light fights darkness; darkness triumphs over light; light
triumphs over darkness.
Oddly,
and this fact is very rarely recognized by fundamental/evangelistic
Christianity, Christian tenets espoused by their founder, Jesus Christ, of
peace, generosity, modesty, poverty, non-violence are ÔvirtuesÕ typically
possessed by the non-white ÔlosersÕ, the shadows of the white-driven
feeding-frenzy for moral absoluteness, material success and world
domination. In fact, if I remember
my Catholic litany of evils correctly: avarice, ambition, violence, greed for
worldly power and status --the Ôpeace and prosperityÕ factor -- were considered
evil values and indicated an alliance with the Devil. Worldly Power did not imply GodÕs blessing. Instead, worldly power and success
implied GodÕs curse, and the DevilÕs insidious contract with the lost soul.
In
fact, the historical animosity between Christian and Muslim stems mostly from
these opposite views as to the toleration of worldly values. The Muslim (especially Arab Muslim) has
almost no generosity toward the Earth.
As such, the Muslim tends to spread a desert wherever he goes. Muslims seem to view the brutalization
of the woman as a positive virtue – linking the female and the
earth. The lack of water
(the desertification of the Earth), poverty, and the oppression of the
female-shadow are all part of the same paradigm, no doubt. The hatred and mistreatment of Jews are
also a part of this same thought-structure. But that is a theme that I will be looking at later.
I am writing, here, about perceptions, of course. The inability of the human being to see
all four moral dimensions at the same time is a primordial limitation. The illusion that one is right,
God-instilled, brings about war between the opposites and is the mechanism that
drives history, as we have discussed.
Here again, the world appears as the object and the anti-object, each a
mirror-image of the other, seeking to kill out the evil Other it finds standing
accusatorily before it, reflected.
Each
two-dimensional perception is a half-truth. By the same token, each two-dimensional perception is a
half-lie also, by mathematical necessity.
Humans
labor in a vale of darkness.
Sometimes we see the world not at all: everything is dark. When we see the world very clearly,
with a bright light of understanding, we are most often, at this point, seeing
but that half-truth that gives us security in identity: seeing what we need or
want to see, for our own psychic or spiritual reasons. Only through complete detachment from
both sides is clarity of vision possible.
But clear-sighted detachment is also a stage, one that decays into a
state of incarnation as the soul is thrust into action on the side of either
the Earth or Heaven, on the side of either the poor or the rich, on the side of
either the woman or the man.
We donÕt wish to lose our focus.
The
ÔAnatomy of a CrimeÕ. A crime was
committed. Many crimes were
committed. Many trillions of
dollars of global wealth were wiped out (some would say stolen) in a matter of
months. Lives of millions of human
beings were destroyed or at least significantly damaged in many countries
throughout the world – in the blink of an eye. Retirement savings vanished. Frozen credit -- and absolute terror brought about by a
failing financial system -- led to a constriction of the circulation of
currency, causing death in the body politic. Millions of jobs were wiped away, creating a world-wide
panic, which led to a further constriction of spending.
History
will look at the Great Credit Crunch of 2008 as the greatest looting of private
and public funds by officers of public corporations and by public officials in
the history of the world. Wall
Street has proven itself again to be a nest of vipers. The great Robber Barons of the
nineteenth century – Rockefeller, Dale Carnegie, Jay Gould, J.P. Morgan,
Cornelius Vanderbilt, Henry Frick, Edward Harriman – had nothing on
todayÕs crooks, scammers and enablers: Christopher Cox, Joseph Cassano, Dick
Fuld, Ian McCarthy, Stan OÕNeal, Lewis Rainieri, Angelo Mozilo (who ÔearnedÕ
over $400 in five years overseeing Countrywide Credit), Chuck Prince, Jimmy
Cayne, Christopher Dodd, Ralph
Cioffi, Matthew Tannin, Steve Crenshaw, Sir Fred Goodwin, Andy Hornby, Franklin
Raines, Hank Paulson, George Bush, Phil Gramm, Bernie Madoff, ÒSirÓ R. Allen
Stanford, Bill Clinton, Kathleen Corbet, Marion and Herb Sandler, John Devaney,
David Lereah, Ben Bernanke, David Oddson, Burton Jablin, Donald Trump, Paul
Greenwood, Stephen Walsh, James Nicholson, Mark Bloom, Neal Kashkari (i.e.,
ÔKneel; and Carry the CashÕ).
These are all people who helped to kill the golden goose that was laying
millions of golden eggs for so many years so that we Americans (and many world
citizens also) could live more comfortably if more dangerously indebted. But now the goose is dead. Wall Street is in ruins – and
will remain a sewer in the minds of most Americans (a sewer designed for the
interbreeding of rats) for many years to come.
ÔLootingÕ
is defined by Nobel Prize winner George Akerlof and co-author Paul Romer as
making loans Ôwith a total disregard for even the most basic principles of
lendingÉacting as if future losses would be someone elseÕs problemsÕ –
which they have become, the problem of the taxpayer, through government
(bank-engineered) bail-outs.
Even
today, AIG, American Insurance Group, which received over $170 billion in
taxpayer bailout money, announced intentions to pay executives $450 million,
including bonuses of $165 million, this after announcing a loss of $61.7
billion for the fourth quarter of 2008, the worst corporate loss in history.
What
is the difference between an AIG executive and a Mafioso? Not much apparently. Except the mafiosos donÕt get to raid
the national treasury when their bad judgment leads to a loss of their own
money, humiliation and public disgrace.
The
sad thing is that AIG is probably not much different than most international
corporations. The anti-corporate
mentality that manifested so potently in America in the last Ego-Deflation
Night period (1965-1982) will return with a vengeance after this arrogant,
callous looting of the public coffers by American businessmen and women (mostly
men, in fact).
Of course, we have not mentioned Allen Greenspan with
this group. If all the above
(mostly white) men and (a few) woman were crew members on the Pequod, chasing
the black gold trophy in the dangerous oceans of financial risk (and almost all
using other peopleÕs money to make themselves obscenely wealthy), the captain
of the boat was Allen Greenspan, whose manipulation of the money supply and
whose cheerleading for Americans to take on more and more (and riskier) debt
makes one question either his sanity or his level of awareness/denial, or his
honesty. Then, as though we might
not notice, after stepping down as the Maestro at the Federal Reserve,
Greenspan quietly slipped into a (one would assume) multi-million dollar annual
salary working with John Paulson and his hedge fund that made some $4 billion
dollars in 2007 by shorting the US mortgage market, which Dear Allen (Ôcall him
Maestro, donÕt call him Bob CobbÕ) had helped to inflate to unsupportable
levels. Talk about your conflict
of interest.
One
wonders if Allen may have been talking to that Ôother Mr. PaulsonÕ long before
he stepped down as the Captain of the Pequod. (At least Ahab had the decency to go down with his whale,
with his obsession. ItÕs a shame
Allen Greenspan hasnÕt had the decency to retire and write his memoirs, instead
of continuing to be a kind of Janus player in the Age of Greed smorgasbord
hereby recently discovered floating face-up. In fact, like Ahab, Allen is still clinging to his whale,
the whale he helped to create, the whale which stove in his empire, stove in
his reputation for integrity and ingenuity, rendering him now a smudge on
HistoryÕs dirty apron, a smudge next to the smudge that once was Herbert
Hoover, the man who ÔcausedÕ the last depression.
Since
Americans tend to honor the rich, no matter how they become rich, the political
incentive to put the crooks in jail for their crimes has not yet gained much
momentum. We will tolerate a
billionaire who steals an old womenÕs life savings in an investment scam, but
we will insist that a poor man who steals bread for his family be put in jail
immediately. That is an immorality
that must be corrected in the American system of values – the adulation
of winning at all cost, instead of the adulation of the human character. Nobility is greatness; wealth is
not. Generosity and decency are
real values; cheating to get ahead is a sin and will be punished by God as
such. And that is what we are
experiencing now. God is punishing
us for our sins, for our greed, for our selfishness, for our lies and for our
indecency.
Some individuals, admitting guilt or shame as a part
of misdeeds revealed by the economic low-tide, have committed suicide: Adolph
Merckle, a German industrialist, who bankrupted his industrial empire through
investment mistakes; Kirk Stephenson, director of a London private-equity house;
and Rene Thierry Magon de la Villehuchet, who lost his entire family fortune
through mismanagement – i.e., through investing with Bernard Madoff, the
New York City legend who was also, apparently, a fraud. Madoff apparently stole $50 billion in
an elaborate investment scam from a many investors throughout the world, some
his friends, even from his own sons.
Mr. Madoff did not commit suicide.
His name has now become synonymous with the great thieves in the history
of the world. A Madoff Scheme (as
in ÔI made-off with your money, ha-haÕ) will become part of the worldÕs
vocabulary, as Ponzi Scheme did in the Roaring 1920Õs.
What caused this catastrophe?
The
Housing Crash. Yes. The Great Housing Crash of 2007.
And
the name of Alan Greenspan comes up automatically as a footnote or as a
preface.
Alan
Greenspan was, perhaps, the most powerful man in the world for nearly two
decades, until his retirement in 2006.
Greenspan was a devoted student of the causes of the Great Depression in
the 1930Õs, a devoted disciple of the Ôrugged individualismÕ espoused by
novelist Ayn Rand, and a favorite of Ronald Reagan, who appointed Greenspan as
the Chairman of the Federal Reserve Board in 1987.
What
was GreenspanÕs crime, GreenspanÕs sin?
To hear him tell the tale, in 2008, as he apologized, before a
congressional committee, almost in tears, for his central role in the
obliteration of the American Dream and the American capital system , he said
simply: ÔI made a mistake.Õ By this
he seemed to mean that his mistake was his belief that the private business
sector had the intelligence, wisdom and self-restraint to manage risk in a
largely deregulated environment.
Of course, Greenspan had been a prime mover in the ideology of business
deregulation that had ruled America since Ronald Reagan came to power, a
historical reaction to the anti-business years (i.e., pro-business regulation)
of Democratic rule from John Kennedy through Jimmy Carter.
Alan
Greenspan overrated the soul of the American (and Global) Business class. Alan Greenspan believed that, faced
with a choice between an unrestricted greed that would lead to unrestricted
profits but might imperil the life of the economic system and a restricted
greed that would lead to restricted, but substantial, sustainable profits, the
American ruling class would choose the responsible, sustainable path, the one
leading to American and global prosperity for many generations to come. Instead, the Global Business Class, led
by the American Ruling Class, chose unrestricted greed, madness, and,
ultimately, self-destruction.
In
some ways, Alan Greenspan was the embodiment of Gordon Gecko, the financial
land-shark, in Oliver StoneÕs monumental movie, Wall Street. Gecko
tells a group of shareholders: ÔGreed – for lack of a better word –
is good. Greed is right. Greed works. Greed clarifies, cuts through, and captures the essence of
the evolutionary spirit. Greed, in
all its forms – greed for life, for money, for love, knowledge, has marked
the upward surge of mankind. And
greed – you mark my words – will not only save Teldar Paper, but
that other malfunctioning corporation called the USA.Õ
A
half truth again, which looked pretty good in 2004 but looks rather empty now
in 2009.
America
is not a corporation. A society is not a corporation.
Making money is not the goal of life; money is a necessity that allows
us to live comfortably; but money is not the ultimate of Life. And
because we forgot this truth, God is now punishing us. And God will punish us some more until
at least 2019.
Materialism has no soul – that is, the soul
exists but the body dominates the soul.
Materialism does not respond readily to moral codes and ethical
restrictions unless it is required to do so by legal implications. Afterall, the Business Class hires
lawyers and pays them terrific amounts of capital each year to instruct that
Business Class how to bend the laws without breaking them, how to break the
laws without getting caught. If
that were not enough, the Business Class ÔinspiresÕ lawyer-politicians in the
government (how are campaign contributions repaid?) to pass laws that make it
easier for business to cheat and steal without breaking the law. ItÕs a good system set up for the
American Ruling Class, lawyers, and our politicians in Washington and in every
state, county, and city in America.
Everyone gets rich. ItÕs
all good. ItÕs a win-win situation
apparently.
The
idealism of Materialism is to get rich -- to get rich, without going to jail or
getting killed by competitors in the process. Laws protect the Business Class from getting killed by their
competitors. Lawyers protect the
Business Class from going to jail, by providing them loopholes in the law. In fact, the basis of the legal
profession is to serve the rich with labyrinthine legal maneuvers designed to
neutralize or outflank laws designed to require more ethical business
relations. Check out lawyersÕ fees
lately? Who can afford to pay a
lawyer today but the rich and the super-rich?
Clearly,
I am presenting the negative view of the Business Culture at this point. I am aware of, and I will also present
later, the positive view of the Business Culture.
GreenspanÕs real crime was philosophical – and
psychological. He, and many other
academic economists, devoted huge amounts of time, energy and intellectual
resources to the proposition that the so-called Great Depression, which ran
from 1929 through 1947 (some say 1942), was not inevitable, and was avoidable. If the Federal Reserve and American
financial institutions at the time had only been more skilled in denial, had
flooded the system with liquidity, then the Great Depression could have seen
avoided. Death could have been
cheated. HadnÕt the Business Class
already proved that taxes were not inevitable? Why couldnÕt they show the same about death, and the death
of an idea?
This
was a philosophic flaw in Mister GreenspanÕs set of principles.
The
flaw is the misunderstanding of the nature of Ôpositive energyÕ factor –
the energy to build – which Greenspan apparently felt was eternal and
inexhaustible, and his belief that the Ônegative energyÕ factor, the Night
– the energy to disembody or to de-construct -- could be avoided,
ignored, or simply negated by an excess amount of positive energy, literally,
by flooding the financial system with liquidity.
Of
course, the Bible teaches us that too much liquidity led to the Flood, the
Deluge, to the destruction of the world, and to NoahÕs lonely survival on the
top of Mount Ararat.
Biblical writing can be understood on many
levels. But Biblical writing is
very rarely literal, except in its advocation of moral principles. The world was not created in seven days, except in the symbolic sense:
seven periods of creation, stretching over unimaginable millennia. Ask any serious Jewish scholar and none
will claim the Seven Days of Creation describe ÔcreationismÕ in seven literal
days. Only fundamental Christian
insist on a literal reading of a symbolic literature.
To
understand symbolic writing, the poetic mind is necessary – the dream
mind – the literal, scientific, rational mind cannot comprehend symbolic
writing. The poetic mind is almost
always lost with mathematics and the scientific process. Likewise, the scientific mind often
struggles with myth. The Day
misunderstands the Night; the Night is beleaguered to comprehend the Day.
Also,
the symbolic truth embedded in religious or mythical or mystical writing is
timeless, like the dream is timeless.
This timelessness makes the symbolic message illuminatory for all time,
including the Present Time in which we currently live. Scriptural writing, and its underlying
symbolic meaning, was written, not merely for the historical time of its
composition, but also as a kind of psychic map for humans living at all
times. Symbolic writing,
describing eternal spiritual dilemmas, is a guide for spiritual survival that
is as compelling and as relevant to yours and my quest today as it was to King
David or to Moses in Biblical times.
Spiritual
writing is a biography of the soul.
Eternal
truths tell us about our lives, about the eternal parts of our own lives,
today. The Flood is not just about
Noah and his Ark in ancient myth – it is about us today. Nuah (the original of Noah) was a
Chaldean word meaning ÔSpiritÕ; the Ark was a glyph for the Moon, as the Moon
was symbolic of the Womb, in which the Spirit took refuge when the emotional
element (Water) of Chaos and Night replaced the intellectual element (the Fire)
of Order and Day – when the world ÔfellÕ into the Chaos of the Flood, as
we are falling into Chaos today.
Noah
(Spirit) hid in his Ark (ÔarghaÕ in Egyptian is the crescent moon) while the
Darkness of Chaos destroyed the Material World. At the end of the destruction, Noah was re-born, was delivered
back in to Life, the new prototype from which human evolution was patterned.
We cannot avoid the Night, the depression, simply by
pretending it is not a part of the equation. By choosing Life in the World we also choose Death. By choosing to fly high, we also choose
to fall deeply. By choosing to be
rich, we also choose to be poor.
By choosing inflation of the Ego, we also choose deflation of the Ego
and all the suffering and death which goes with the death of a personality we
have created.
There
is a Middle Path, which is not so rich, and not so poor, not so strong, and not
so weak, not so bright, and not so dark – but we have not chosen that
path.
Greenspan,
after the dot-com bubble burst in 2001, lowered interest rates to flood the
system with capital to avoid the necessary Winter season in the economic expansion. Greenspan lowered rates to try to fight off economic death
or descent. In the process, he
helped to ignite a furious national and international housing price
bubble. Exotic mortgages created
by bankers and brokers on both Wall Street and Main Street, which essentially
allowed unqualified home buyers with little or no money to buy houses they
could not afford, also fueled the boom.
Investment banks then helped further inflate the bubble by issuing even
more exotic mortgage bonds that wrapped together high-risk and low-risk
mortgage loans (in an attempt to neutralize the suspect loans), which they then
sold to banks and other institutions all over the world as investment-grade
instruments, which the rating institutions did not know how to grade, and which
seemed stable and profitable as long a housing prices kept risingÉ.
But
what rises also falls.
As
home prices fell, mortgage defaults rose.
Banks holding the new breed of mortgage bonds did not even know how much
risk they had assumed, because different grade mortgages were all bound up
together, low-risk paper with high-risk paper.
The
banking system began to implode.
Greed
had trumped good judgment; and now default and bankruptcy were going to trump
the seductive intoxication of a bull market in housing and the pure blue sky of
GreenspanÕs Ôfree marketÕ religion.
The economic catastrophe was further exasperated in
2007-8 by a decline in the U.S. Dollar which fueled a wild spike in commodity
prices, a third major bubble that formed under the Greenspan-Bernanke watch.
(Bernanke was a Ôgood sonÕ of Greenspan, from the same school of thought,
continuing the old manÕs prescient policies.) Oil shot up from $60 to $150 dollars a barrel. All major commodities followed this oil
spike: copper, wheat, corn, gold, silver, aluminum, titanium, heating oil,
natural gas. Commodity-heavy
indexes and hedge funds spiked.
Suddenly Canada, Russia, Australia, and other commodity-heavy economies
were markets at which professional investors threw money. But the price of doing business for
almost all other businesses escalated dramatically. Companies, already hurt by frozen credit-lines attendant to
the banking crisis, now had to deal with escalating materials prices. American consumers, reeling from a
popped housing bubble, now sagged under the heavy burden of skyrocketing gas
and fuel prices.
In
June 2008, the dollar reversed, as investors sought quality paper in response
to the global banking crisis; and this flight to quality burst the commodity
bubble. (So much for the theory of
supply and demand regulating the marketplace. Speculators had created a demand in commodities as a
response to a declining U.S. Dollar.
But now the giants in investment-banking and hedge funds got caught in
their own trap, as the unexpected return flight to the dollar destroyed
overnight their huge profits in commodities.)
A
deflating stock market, a deflating housing market, and a deflating commodity
bubble cut trillions of dollars out of the global economy in a matter of
months. This was just the
beginning. Decades of price
inflation and wage deflation had created a top-heavy tower that was
crashing. The unwinding of debt wil
take a generation to be accomplished.
Watching the collapse of the global capital markets
each day on television and through the internet was a bit like watching the
attack on the Twin Towers in New York City in 2001, and the subsequent
de-materialization of the two buildings: there was nothing anyone could
do. The world was set on
fire. People were jumping out of
windows. There were enemies of
civilization behind each attack.
The Muslim enemies of America knew they had attacked the Twin Towers; but
the men (mostly white men, bankers and businessmen) who had attacked the global
banking system really did not realize what they had done. That was the difference.
Masters
of the Universe Greenspan, Bernanke, Paulson, and their cronies at Lehman
Brothers, Goldman Sachs, Morgan Stanley, AIG, Countrywide Credit, Fannie Mae
and Freddie Mac, had torpedoed the very ship they supposedly loved and had
served much of their lives. They
had slipped a Trojan Horse into the banking system. All in the name of a few
more million dollars, a few more houses for their families, a few more luxury
cars and yachts. There is never
enough money. There is never
enough power. There is never
enough status.
These
men will live in HistoryÕs Hall of Infamy for having destroyed the lives of
millions of people across the globe, and for having shamed America and
AmericaÕs reputation as the leader of the Free World.
These
men betrayed their own way of life and their own people without really being
cognizant of what they were doing.
At least the Muslim terrorists who attacked America in 2001 had the
self-awareness of understanding they were trying to destroy America. The Muslim terrorists failed badly at
their goal, although they did inflict impermanent damage on the psyche of the
country. But the American
terrorists, the bankers and the greedy mortgage agents, inflicted a mighty
wound to the American psyche, one from which it will take a generation or more
to recover.
Greed
knows no honor.
For this is the Day of the Lord
Yahweh Sabaoth,
A day of vengeance
When He takes revenge on His foes:
The sword will devour until gorged,
Until drunk with their blood,
For Lord Yahweh Sabaoth
Is holding a sacrificial feast
In the land of the north
On the River Euphrates.
Jeremiah 46:10
CHAPTER THREE.
WHY WE NEED DEFLATION
(The Winter is a Season of both Death and, later,
Regeneration)
It didnÕt have to be
this way. The big mistake, in my view, came when the Fed condoned the equity
bubble in the late 1990s. It has been playing post-bubble defense ever since,
fostering an unusually low real interest rate climate that has led to one
bubble after another. And that has given rise to the real monster -- the
asset-dependent American consumer and a co-dependent global economy that canÕt
live without excess US consumption. The real test was always the exit
strategy."
Stephen
Roach, ÔThe TestÕ
Deflation is a necessary season in the economic
cycle. Deflation is the necessary
contraction phase, and helps to balance the excesses fueled by the principles
and energies of expansion.
Deflation modifies prices that have escalated during the expansion phase
of the cycle. These two forces
– Inflation and Deflation – work together, as Day and Night work
together, as Man and Woman work together.
They only appear to be adversaries. Their adversarial relationship – like the relationship
of Republican and Democrat – creates, in fact, a unity of motion. Centrifugal motion pushes energy
outward from the center of a system; centripetal motion pulls energy from the
periphery back to the center.
The U.S. government had been telling the American
citizen for several decades now that there is no inflation in the American
economy.
Of
course, Americans know this isnÕt true.
Oil prices rose from $15/barrel to $150/barrel in twenty years. Housing prices jumped 150-500% is three
years, after averaging an appreciation of 2.5% per year over a century. Health care costs explode year after
year, averaging 9.5% growth, year-over-year for the last decade. The cost of college tuition has gone up
by almost 1000% in thirty years.
And we are told that there is no inflation.
It
finally became clear to me, after years of musing on this phenomenon, that,
there is no inflation, according to government statistics, as long as there is
no wage inflation. And there has been little wage
inflation – that is true. As
long as wages stay low and do not chase the escalating costs of goods and
services – and this is almost
possible if the cost of credit
stays low -- then the inflation spiral is muted. Of course, the consumer, in this scenario, becomes more and
more indebted through this method of paying for myriad inflationary goods and
materials. Apparently there is no
moral dilemma in this. Business
profits grow, wages remain low, and workers take on more and more debt. It sounds to me like a volcano that is
bound to blow. But what do I
know? IÕm not an economist. Sometimes logic is only logic for those
not sophisticated enough to know the difference between appearance and reality.
Of course, consumers were able to offset stagnant wage
growth in the last few decades because of the impressive stock market gains
(the first bubble to pop). The
stock market became a second source of income for American consumers, to help
pay for ever-increasing costs, childrenÕs education, first, second or even
third homes. But then the stock
market flattened out after 2001, moving sideways for a few years, eliminating
wall street as a guaranteed source of secondary income.
Consumers
were then forced to borrow against the equity of their homes, as the housing
bubble took hold – via Mister GreenspanÕs steady hand -- once the stock
market bubble played out. Of
course, the housing bubble, again, increased American consumersÕ indebtedness
– forcing them to essentially withdraw savings from their own mortgage
equity – in order to pay for the rising costs of health services, food,
transportation, energy, education.
As long as home prices continued to soar, the system seemed fine. Refinancing meant Americans could
continue to draw on their increasing real estate wealth.
Of
course, this paper wealth was being fueled by a dubious policy of serial
bubble-creation that cheapened real money and turned millions of Americans (and
world citizens as well) into credit-slaves and credit-junkies. The dogma of unlimited growth and
unlimited wealth was being bruited about by the same bankers and financiers
– and Fed Chairmen and Treasury Secretaries and U.S. Presidents -- who
were laying the groundwork for the destruction of America and Europe, and all
the other ÔemergingÕ nations of the world that could not wait to jump on this
miraculous bandwagon of capitalism.
Charts
of debt accumulation by American consumers shows pretty clearly that phantom
inflation of prices was accumulating on AmericanÕs credit card accounts.
Another way in which Americans sought to keep up with
the accelerating cost of living was to have both parents working. Of course, womenÕs liberation doctrine called
upon women to pursue careers in the real world and diminished the role of women
as home-makers and child-rearers.
But most Americans were not influenced by this radical ideology of
gender equality. Most Americans
were influenced by the need for two
incomes to try to keep up with escalating prices.
There
was, of course, a dramatic and negative reaction in the society to this
ÔcareerizingÕ of the American family.
Divorce became the norm, drug-use accelerated, crime increased,
delinquency became pandemic.
Many
readers will argue that America is the greatest country in the world, the
richest, the freest. But something
is wrong in America. We are
building prisons are a rapid (inflationary) rate. The number of incarcerated Americans has increased 960%
since 1950. Two in three marriages
fail. Our children are taking guns
to schools and shooting fellow students.
Everything is not right in America.
More
cheerleading of America, more honoring of Donald Trump as a hero (and many
other entrepreneurs), more Ôkeep government out of businessÕ slogans will not address AmericaÕs social decline. Much of this decline of the family
comes from the inflation of costs of materials and services in the American
economy, bubbles created by Mister Greenspan for the sake of corporate profit
and corporate expansion and the
resultant extraction of women out of the homes to chase wages in order to
salvage the familiesÕ economic integrity.
Loans,
second and third jobs, refinancing of mortgages, dependence upon an inflated
stock market, credit card abuseÉ.these led to a consumer that was overextended
and susceptible to bankruptcy should any of these currents of equity dry up
suddenly. Now, it seems, every
current of emergency money has begun to dry up at the same time.
With
the saving rate at historic lows, most Americans are one or two paychecks away
from bankruptcy and a life on the streets as a homeless statistic.
Republicans make icons of the concepts of
individualism and national patriotism.
Democrats sing the praise of the so-called international community. To Republicans, the ideal of Globalism
– and we should not forget this – was and is tied to the goal, in
American if less-so in Europe, of controlling business costs by driving down
wage demands through the destruction of the power of Western labor unions.
ÔGlobalismÕ
was a positive-spin-word for maximizing profits by exporting high-wage jobs to
third-world countries, first Mexico and South America, and then to Asia,
transforming these high-wage jobs to low-wage jobs, without benefits. The corollary piece of this puzzle was
to maintain the First-WorldÕs role and even duty (and I use this word with
care) to consume manufactured goods as a means of helping to sustain
international economies, despite decreasing wages, but through cheap
credit. It was the duty of Western
nation citizens to consume globally-produced goods in order to sustain the
Western way of life, with its high standard of living, despite the fact that
living thus drove the Western consumer toward a condition of credit serfdom in
modern, plastic society. No one
thought much about debt. As long
as matter expanded, and the future was bright, everything would be fine. And wouldnÕt matter always expand?
Of
course this was Ôall goodÕ for business.
Sometimes, whatÕs good for business is not good for American citizens. The Ôfree-marketÕ idea, which has controlled America since
1982, has run its course. We are
beginning to see the underside of this doctrine. The Ôfree-marketÕ system is very good for the owners of
businesses – but it is not so good for the workers.
Sometimes
what is good for American business is not good for citizens of the world. Walmart has a dismal record all over
the world for abusing its workers through low wages and insubstantial or no
benefits. In China, Honduras, Sri
Lanka, and other countries, workers are required to work long hours (8AM to
10PM), 7 days a week, 365 days a year for less than $3 a day. A toy that Americans buy at a U.S.
Walmart store costs $14.96 but only costs Walmart 18 cents to manufacture,
because of its mistreatment of workers in China. This is immoral.
This is un-Christian. Walmart shames every American citizen by exporting
such shameless behavior in the name of American Capitalism. American business is supposed to be
showing the world the right way to do business, not generating hatred and bad
feeling in the name of American Exploitation.
Walmart
is also notorious for its shark-like business plan designed to destroy local
small businesses competitors in towns all over America, and all over the world,
through an enforced low-price merchandise built on the backs of low wages and
and poor or nonexistent benefits for Walmart workers. This lack of conscience and human exploitation is not a legal right; and it should be corrected through
government legislation. This is an
example of why and how the government must legislate business.
Business will not do the
right thing by its workers unless it is forced to do so by the weight of the
law.
A
government that refuses or is unable to protect its working class from
plantation capitalism will fall to a revolution. It is in the best interest of all classes in a society to
support fair and honorable treatment of all of its citizens.
Generally speaking, the rich get rich by cheating and
stealing. We should not forget this.
Money
is not the root of all evil; but
the love of money is the root of all evil.
Bill
Gates is one of the richest men in the world; and he has given more than 50% of
his wealth to charitable organizations.
The Walton family (Walmart owners) are perhaps the richest family in the
world; and they have given less than 1% of their wealth to charitable
organizations.
A famous American shoe company that makes a designer
sneaker could export all production jobs to Asia, pay relatively unskilled
workers about $2.25 a day to manufacture these sneakers, export the shoes back
to American, European or Japanese markets for pretty impressive profits. The production cost per shoe might be
$3 a pair in Vietnam (labor and material) and might sell for $250.00 in First
World markets. ThatÕs a pretty
impressive mark-up.
Now,
one argument companies might make as the logic of exporting jobs to low-cost
markets is this: a company able to make shoes (or any product) much more
cheaply through foreign production, could lower domestic costs of
the manufactured goods. This does
make sense logically. But thatÕs
not how it has worked. Business
has been able to win on both ends, with both decreased costs and with increased
profits. Why? Because consumers have tended to view
credit as money-in-their-pockets instead of a hand-cuff on their wrists. (In fact, itÕs much closer to the
latter than it is to the former.)
When
I was a child in 1966, my father bought me a new pair of Chuck Taylor Converse
All-Star sports shoes each year so I could play basketball. These athletic shoes were the best that
money could buy at the time; I think these shoes cost about $3.50 a pair. If we compare a current cost of Nike
Air Jordan shoes today ($250) with my old Chuck Taylor Converse All-Stars -- the best sports shoes on the market
in their day -- we see that prices
have inflated some 7000%. My father worked for the Sinclair Oil Refinery in
Sinclair, Wyoming as an office manager (Payroll, Human Resources, Accounting,
et.). I canÕt imagine he was paid
more than $15,000 in 1966 (and that may be high). The inflation rate implied in this example suggests that my
father would need to be making $1,056,428.57 today, against $15,000 in 1966.
I
admit that this example is somewhat self-serving. You can argue that quality of product is much higher today,
that raw costs have gone up. Labor
costs, in this example, have not gone up however. I will give other examples later in this book that will show
clearly that we have just passed through a devastating inflationary cycle
– one that has largely been ignored by governments and economists -- from
which we are only now beginning to unwind, with the deflationary spiral that
has just begun in 2007.
When I was growing up, I idolized Willie Mays. He was the greatest all-around baseball
player I ever saw (ahead of Robert Clemente by a fraction). I remember all the excitement about
Willie Mays becoming the first major league baseball player ever to break the
$200,000 salary barrier. He never
did. His highest payday was in
1971, when he earned $180,000. Not
bad for a kid from Mobile, Alabama, growing up in a racist country, playing a
little boyÕs game for much of his life.
Mays
could hit for average, hit for power, run, field, throw – he was one of
the best defensive centerfielders of all time. He is in the Hall of Fame and will probably be considered by
History to be one of the greatest all-around baseball players of all time, if
not the best.
Ok,
now for the ÔinflationÕ story.
Manny
Ramirez is a very good hitter today, a clutch hitter, who does not field well,
does not run well. In fact, Manny
is a liability defensively. He doesnÕt
have range to get to balls, he doesnÕt have grace when he does get to balls,
and his throwing arm is mediocre.
HeÕs slow. Willie Mays
stole 338 bases in his career; Manny has stolen 37.
Manny
has a higher career batting averge than Willie Mays (.314 versus .302). Willie stayed in the league a few too
many years; this dragged his batting average down. Willie hit 660 homeruns in 22 years. Manny has hit 527 in 16 years. It is doubtful that Manny will pass
WillieÕs homerun total (Manny has averaged only 19 homeruns his last three
seasons). Manny would need to play
almost 7 more seasons and hit 20 homeruns each year to pass WillieÕs 660.
Manny
will not every be considered one
of baseballÕs greatest all around players and I doubt he will be elected to the
Hall of Fame – although he is a great natural hitter and ha given his
teams good play and offensive firepower, as well as reasons to complain with
pretty regular bouts of laziness and leadership problems.
Willie
Mays made $180,000 in 1971, when he was the best baseball player in history (or
one of the best).
Manny
Ramirez recently signed a $25 million contract to play for the Los Angeles
Dodgers in 2009.
I
have nothing against a man getting what he can in this life. But donÕt tell me there is no inflation. Manny is making 125
times what Willie Mays made in 1971.
Manny Ramirez isnÕt worth what Willie Mays was making. (And now Manny has been suspended for 50
games in the 2009 season for testing positive for drug use.)
By
example, an engineer making $35,000 in 1971 would need to be making $4,375,000
dollars today to keep up with the inflation rate suggested by the inflation of
Mays/Ramirez acceleration of major league baseball players salaries.
As I have suggested, the reason there was Ôno statistical
inflationary pressureÕ in America for the last two decades is because the
statistics are stacked to overweight the wage inflation component. There are several reasons for this, a
primary one being American business has been scrambling to export jobs to
low-wage countries and destroy American unions in the process. I am not necessarily pro-union. I understand the hostility to unions in
the business world; and I also understand that mafia involvement with unions in
the 1970Õs helped to destroy the integrity and decency of unions. But I also understand that without a
prosperous working class in developed countries there will be no prosperity in
the world economy – there will be no one to buy all these ÔwonderfulÕ
products the world economies are producing.
China
and India are supposed to pick up the consumer demand, as demand falls in
America, Europe and Japan.
That is the Ôglobal marketÕ company line. So far, China and India are leading the world into
depression. Do we really think
China and India will have the consumer spending power to lift the world back up
after it has fallen down? And will
China and India have the political stability to make all this occur? I think not. Civil unrest in both countries seems highly likely as
prosperity vanishes and governments (and the business elite) are blamed for
this.
There
is nothing immoral in profit.
Without profit a business cannot survive, cannot employ citizens, cannot
pay taxes that help the government provide public services. With significant profit, a company can
expand, can hire more people, and can become even more successful and pay more
taxes (although, businesses pay billions each year in lawyerÕs fees to avoid
paying a fair share in taxes), and can produce more goods, keeping the costs of
their products more affordable for consumers. That is the theory.
However,
there is a problem with this theory.
Too much capacity, too many goods produced, tends to drive down the
price of the product. Too much
supply is a problem for business.
Too much oil drives down the price of oil products. If the number of vacuum cleaners
produced cannot be absorbed by the market at a given price, then prices almost
always come down to encourage distribution of the product. So there is a built-in self-serving
limit to expansion. There are ways
around this problem, but production cut-backs (and worker lay-offs) are a
popular response. Escalating
profits that cannot be ploughed back in to the business (for fear of
over-production) often are used produce conglomerate companies and are ploughed
back into salaries and bonuses of CEOÕs and company officials. It is obscene to watch banks and
financial institutions being given billions of taxpayer money by their pal Hank
Paulson from the U.S. Treasury (who is supposed to be serving the American
public), while salaries rise and huge bonuses are paid to the very people who
engineered their own companiesÕ bankruptcies.
In
fact, this is worse than obscene; it is criminal. The 1920Õs in America had their Robber Barons. The rescued bankers, mortgage brokers,
financiers and insurance men in 2008 – the worst and the greediest on
Wall Street, and their cronies in government – should be heading to
prison instead of heading to the government welfare banquet.
Republicans,
especially those wearing evangelistic colors, the Rush Limbaugh and the Sean
Hannity variety, have accused Democrats and liberals of raising the Ôclass
warfareÕ flag whenever an increased tax rate on rich Americans is suggested. In fact, the Republicans and their
Business Culture have been waging class-warfare on the working poor in America
for the last three decades, through the destruction of labor unions and the
export of high-paying manufacturing and industrial jobs. It is shameful to hear Republican
supporters of this top-down class-warfare policy now raise the specter of
bottom-up class-warfare only after they have been waging and winning the class
war for a quarter of a century.
The Republicans (capitalists) have no problem with class warfare, as long
as they are winning the class war.
The
rich, in American, should be
paying higher taxes. In fact, the
rich have a moral obligation to
help their fellow Americans now, especially after the rich had such a free hand
for decades to profiteer locally and globally and, also, have played such a
pivotal role in destroying the American financial structure which is driving
many middle-class families into poverty and many poor in to deeper state of
financial despair.
The
Judeo-Christian God honors generosity, kindness, mercy, charity even more than
He honors selfish acquisition, avarice, pride, status, and covetousness of
neighborsÕ wives and goods.
Something
is going on here, Mister Jones
– and you better find out what it is.
I repeat: I am not necessarily pro-union. I am not anti-business. Ecclesiastes understood the Wheel of
Time, how each polarity is a season in the whole round. Each ÔvirtueÕ or necessity rules in and
for its own time, and then recedes, like the tide.
Free
the Ego – the Practical Man -- during the Day (the Day is the vertical
axis of the cross, the North-South orientation) to expand the economy, and to
re-create the bubble of affluence.
The Cowboy rules the Day, with its Individualism, its Business Culture,
its ÔGreedÕ. The Indian rules the
Night (the horizontal axis of the cross, East-West orientation) with its
emphasis upon the internal and local, peace, sharing, and the life of the
group, the life of the soul.
Death
and Depression, the coming in of the economic and spiritual Darkness, the fall
of Man from his throne of power and wealth, involves the cutting off of
extremes: the high are lowered and the low are raised up, all being pulled into
the ark, in a metaphorical sense, all being transformed into the Middle
Principle in an attempt to ride out GodÕs destruction of the world. And that is the real sense in which the
ÔmeekÕ (or the ÔmodestÕ – those who are ÔwholeÕ) inherit the Earth.
We need the cycle of deflation (the Dark season) as
much as we need the cycle of inflation (the Light season). The crime that the American Ruling
Class committed (with their helmsman Mister Greenspan) was to curse the Night
and to try to make believe it would not come if they merely pretended it wasnÕt
part of the reality.
It
is very understandable why the Ego tries to build intellectual systems that
reject death. The whole expansion
of the economy is a response to the fear of death and to the conflict set up at
Dawn which allows the Light to rise and forces the Darkness to fall. The desire for Life (the fear of Death)
is the animating force of all creation.
All
spiritual thought stems from a fear of Death and an attempt to understand why
Death was added to the equation of Life.
Death is darkness, the tragic overtaking the heroic. If the mind can create a mathematic
trick which excludes Death from the picture – such as forced
liquid-ization of the economy, in the sense of flooding the economy with cheap
money, not in the sense of forced selling of property to cover debts, which
comes later -- then we could all
live for ever. Alan Greenspan, and
his colleagues, thought they had done exactly that. Inflate the universe for ever: inflate, re-inflate, re-inflate,
re-inflateÉ. Some physicists even
have argued that the universe expands and will continue expanding for ever.
But,
apparently, one form of liquidation inevitably leads to the other form of
liquidation.
Also, there is a karmic debt that attaches to each
inflation, as there is an economic debt that attaches to each economic
inflation. And the longer the
inflation goes on, the more debt that is taken on, the longer will be the
period of deflation during which that karmic and economic debt are unwound.
In
words that might appeal to the Republicans (I have written that I am both a
Republican and a Democrat – in fact, I am also an Independent), God is a
banker and he gives us credit, packets of Light, if you will. But, in the contract we sign when we
take on this loan from God we also are told that we will have to pay God
back. Deflation is the nature of
Humanity giving back energy to God.
The
Darkness in Human Society – poverty, despair, hopelessness, tragedy
– is the process by which Humanity is drawn back to God. ÔFalls off its high horseÕ might be
another way of expressing this metaphor.
The ÔwinnersÕ we love so much in American society, the
heroes, the conquerors, the successful and rich, the famous, the stars, the
beautiful people, are those who are farthest from God. We look at the ÔwinnersÕ in our
society, and what do we see? We
see – along with mansions, expensive cars, glamorous vacations and
sophisticated friends and entertainment -- divorce, addiction, crime,
perversion, excess, loneliness, often early death, sometimes suicide. The ÔwinnersÕ in human society, the
rich, the powerful, the famous, are often Ôthe losersÕ before God calls them home again. The ÔwinnersÕ are Icarus before he falls. The ÔlosersÕ are Icarus before he
flies.
Psychological
or Spiritual Deflation is the means by which God throws a human being to his
knees.
Economic
Deflation is the means by which God throws a society to its collective knees.
Deflation is not the end of life. Inflation, in fact, is the end of life,.
Most
world cosmologies begin with God Ôbreathing lifeÕ into the world. But God also breathes life out of the world.
To
ÔexpireÕ means to breathe out, to dig a hole in space and create a bubble that,
ultimately, cuts one off from his source, the common fabric of life. This describes the inflation process. ÔExpireÕ also means to die, of
course. ÔInspireÕ means to draw
breath in, to call souls back home from the burst bubble of isolated
experience. ÔInspireÕ also means
to fill oneself with excitement, knowledge, and revelation.
Deflation
is closer in time to the beginning of life, the seed, the root, whereat and
wherein the human soul becomes a child again, meek with lost pride, with fear
and hope and vulnerability all mixed together. Deflation brings back community, and brings a human soul
back to its roots, racial, national, and cosmic roots, back to the origin of
its existence.
The Ego does not need God. The Ego believes he is God, standing alone above life, above
God, above the mass, the king of the hill, a star centered in its own
firmament. Ahab, in MelvilleÕs
masterpiece, Moby-Dick is the
ultimate Ego confronting the world as a demi-god.
Misters
Greenspan, Paulson and Bernanke and all their friends in Washington and on Wall
Street were kings of the world (they apparently called themselves ÔThe Masters
of the UniverseÕ – GreenspanÕs nickname was Ôthe MaestroÕ -- graced by
God, each a Sun in his own system.
Who, given such a high state, such grand power, a god ruling over men,
would accede quietly to the regular, cyclic loss of power that the Night was
demanding? Who would willingly
climb down from a omnipotent throne and fall to his knees and proclaim: ÔGod,
you are higher than I! Your will
is my will!Õ
To
the minds of AmericaÕs Ruling Class, Deflation was not God. In fact, deflation was the Devil
– as to Ahab, Moby Dick was the Devil. Death was a Devil that needed to be fought, needed to be
resisted, needed to be defeated!
Perhaps technology could defeat the Devil! Perhaps semiconductors might do it! (Even better: perhaps Viagra could do
it.) Perhaps Death was just a
trick of accounting, something we could take off the books – with
everyone looking in the other direction (in the direction of their own
self-interest), perhaps no one would even notice that Greenspan had erased
Death from the Cosmic ledger.
People
(nearly everyone) would get richer and richer and we would sail off into the
sunset on our collective Ted Hood Yacht.
Perhaps, together, the Great Society of Individuals, could kill the
Great White Whale of our finiteness.
Perhaps we were the generation God had willed to finally destroy that
form of spiritual Gravity which transformed Hope to Despair, which transformed
Victory to Defeat, which annihilated Beauty and Bodily Power and terminated
Youthful Dreams, and was the tragic denouement of every play and every
existence ever writ!
And
perhaps not.
We need deflation; and we need inflation. Deflation saves human souls from their
isolation, from their self-love, from their manic disease of pride and inhuman
will. Inflation saves human souls
from their self-loathing, from their lost direction, and from their lonely
descent into failure.
The
Night is not only our primal enemy; the Night is, at the same time, our primal
spiritual regenerator. The Night
is death, but it is also peace, and the source of our Wisdom. The Night is terror, but it is also our
comfort, our rest. The Night makes
us small again, but it also gives us dreams, which resuscitate us, and carry us
back in to the light, allowing us to become large again.
Material
wealth is not the only treasure in life.
Material wealth allows us to become gigantic individuals but it also
forces us to become demonically isolated and dangerous. Material possessions separate us from
life – giving us freedom to pursue our dreams but also becoming the
burden that cuts us off from our humanity.
Wealth
is good and bad; Poverty is good and bad.
Nature is wealthy in Summer and Autumn; Nature is poor in Winter and
Spring. We must experience the
entire round of this cycle in order to gain depth as human beings in human
cultures. Something is taken from
us in Winter – but something is also given to us. We lose our bodily pleasures and our
bodily strengths but we gain a spiritual treasury. We lose power but we gain perspective. We lose passion but we gain compassion. We lose wealth but we gain peace of
mind, if we are fortunate. We lose
youth but we gain a sense of completion.
And,
rest assured, deflation is not the end of all things, is not the last movement
in a dying opera. The universe is
a seed that expands as a bubble with the hot, fiery Great Breath and builds
great creations. But Time kills
the universe too. The atomic alarm
clock goes off. The universe
contracts, crumpling matter as it recedes, pulling down great structures, as
matter drawn back down toward the black hole center of anti-matter, contracting
back in to a seed again. It is a
never-ending process.
The
universe is a great tree that rises up and falls back down again, rises up and
falls back down again, an endless cycle of Day and Night, each time carrying a
new dream into construction, the dream it is given in the Night. The seed is the dreaming time, and the
resting time. So it is with
humanity. So it is with the human
atom, Man.
Do we really need an economic deflation? Yes.
I
worked for thirty years in administration at the University of Oregon. Each year, as part of my tasks, I
developed a statistical study for the department. One such study centered on the cost of tuition for students.
From
1976 to 2007, University of Oregon full-time tuition for undergraduate
residents of Oregon climbed from $216 per term to $2107. This is an increase in thirty years of
875%.
In
the same time, full-time tuition for non-resident graduate students increased from
$320 per term to $5447 per term, an increase of 1602%.
To
put this in perspective, a person earning $20,000 per year in 1976 (a
reasonable salary at the time), would need to be making $320,400 in 2007 in
order to keep up with this suggested inflationary rate.
A
person earning $60,000 in 1976 (a higher administration type salary), would
need to be making $961,200 in 2007 in order to be keeping up with this
inflationary rate.
Not
many job categories have increased at this rate. Some have: CEOÕs of elite American businesses, successful
founders of technology or biotechnology companies, or internet start-ups, Wall
Street investment bankers, perhaps doctors and professional and college
football coaches. But most
Americans have not seen this kind of inflation of salary rates.
It
is not just higher education which has inflated so dramatically.
When
I was entering college in 1970, a new Volkswagon bug cost $1700. Today, a new bug costs $20,000. This is an increase of 1100%. A person making $20,000 in 1970 would
need to be making more than $215,000 dollars today to keep up with that
inflation rate.
Then, of course, there are housing prices.
My
sister-in-law in Portland, Oregon bought her house in 1988 for $71,000. This was a modest three-bedroom house
in a modest part of Portland. She
and her husband had just emigrated from Vietnam; both she and her husband were
working jobs starting at close to minimum wage. She had $3000 in savings and borrowed another $4000 from her
mother to secure a 10% down-payment.
In 2007, this house was valued at $700,000. In 2008, Portland housing declined about 10%. A house that has increased in value
from $71,000 in 1988 to $630,000 in 2008 has increased 787% in twenty
years. A couple making $30,000 in
1988 should be making $236,100 in 2008 in order to keep up with the suggested
inflation rate designated by this gain in housing.
Talk
about Ôglobal warmingÕ!
In
1950, the year I was born, the median price of a house was $14,500. Average income was $3,216. In 2006, average house prices in the
U.S. were $232,000. This is a gain
of 1500% and suggests that average income in 2006 should be around $300,000 per
year, using 1950 as a benchmark of normality.
The global economy has been in a condition of
Ômassive, unsustainable animal heatÕ for more than a decade, with Alan
Greenspan leading the charge, cheering on the dogs: ÔGet your dreams now! Take on more debt! Being deeply in debt is a great thing
for yourself, for your family, and for your country – even for the health
and well-being of the Earth!Õ
Debt
is good. Debt is sustainable.
But
are high levels of debt really sustainable? A picture is worth a thousand words. In 1950, AmericansÕ debt to income was
20%. It is currently almost
120%. Personal savings as a
percentage of income was 7% in 1950; today it is less than 1% (in the chart
below it is 1% -- it has grown to about 3% in early 2009), the lowest it has
been since the 1930Õs, when it went negative.

A second chart shows current American
total debt is 350% of GDP, the highest in history. In 1930 American debt was 300% of GDP; and we all know what
happened to the economy at that point in history. American debt amassed in the late 1920Õs and 1930Õs did not
get unwound until almost 1960. In the late 1990Õs American debt vs GDP
attempted to peak at about 240%.
Alan Greenspan to the rescue.
To drive off the great leviathan of recession, Mister Greenspan opened
up the waters of liquidity: Americans responded by taking on more debt, pushing
total debt to 350% of GDP in 2008.
More debt does not solve the problem of a society carrying too much debt. Stimulus packages and lower interest rates will not achieve
a renewed American economic might – just more debt for the taxpayer and
more debt for the consumer.

We are in a very deep hole. And it will take America almost a
generation to get out of the hole we have all dug, with the help of Mister
Greenspan and his Ôfree marketÕ ideology.
Analysts might argue that it took
Americans almost 30 years to dig out of debt from the Great Depression Era
because this massive indebtedness caused a depression, which was then followed
by a world war, depriving Americans of an optimum wealth-building business
environment for fifteen years after the crash in 1930. Well, we are entering the depression at
this moment; and the national responses to another great international
depression will make another world war also very likely.
The
Era of Fast Money-Making is over.
We have entered a new reality, one that will not be an optimum business
environment for at least a generation.
A look at one last chart shows the extent
of housing inflation that occurred under Mister GreenspanÕs watch. The broken line is the Case-Schiller projection
of a housing bottom in 2016 or 2017.

Is it any wonder housing prices have fallen off a
cliff? Fewer and fewer people can
afford to buy a house at their current bloated levels, especially now that
Ôcreative accountingÕ banking and exotic no-money-down,
interest-only-payments-for-three-years mortgages (so called Ôliar loansÕ) are
no longer in favor at AmericaÕs insolvent banks.
Also,
people have already taken on maximum amounts of debt.
Also,
with unemployment rising, businesses failing, with further foreclosures coming
as variable-rate mortgages demand significantly higher monthly housing payments
throughout 2009, 2010, and 2011, and with commercial real-estate heading down
the drain, housing prices are set to fall at least another 50%.
My
sister-in-lawÕs house, which she brought for $71,000, and which listed at
$700,000 in 2006, should be worth $120,000 when the smoke finally clears, which
will mean a gain of about 2.5% per year, which is the historical average.
Health-care costs, energy costs, the cost of food have
all spiraled upwardÉhas the cost of anything gone down in the last thirty
years, except for computers and memory chips and some electronic equipment?
Salaries
have moved sideways. Salaries have
definitely gone down for a man or woman who once worked in heavy manufacturing
and is now selling coffee at Starbucks after his or her job was exported to
China.

One of the reasons salaries are stuck is because of
the collusion that has driven health-care costs through the roof. Doctors, medical providers,
pharmaceutical companies, and insurance companies all have been having the
times of their lives in America.
Everybody has been getting rich, at the expense of the American worker
and at the expense of sick and dying Americans. Businesses that provide workers with health-insurance
benefits have watched insurance premiums rise nearly 10% per year for more than
a decade. Doctors, hospitals, drug
companies raise prices; insurance companies raise premiums. The worker asks his employer for a
raise and the employer says IÕd love to give you a raise – but I already
gave you a 9% raise in your health-care premium. A worker making $35,000 a year in 1998 would receive a
comparable salary of $90,314.90 in 2009 if health-care premium increases were
excluded from the cost of his salary.
The worker is still being paid $30,000 a year in 2009. All the extra money is being paid to
the insurance company. The
insurance companies donÕt care if doctors and drug companies raise prices, in fact
they want them to raise prices;
they just pass the costs on to the worker and the employer.
My wife takes asthma medication, which costs about
$150 per spray-bottle in the US.
When we visit friends and family in Vietnam, the same medication costs $10
per bottle. There is a conspiracy
in America between doctors, medical providers, insurance companies, and
politicians to gouge the American consumer. And this has been going on for decades. This is a natural side-effect of the
Reagan/Greenspan/Bush doctrine that the business-class can do no wrong, that
the business-class should be allowed to regulate itself, that business profits
are sacred and trickle down through the entire society; and government should
simply stay out of the way.
But
does the American Dream require that individuals be allowed to become rich at
the expense of middle class and poor Americans? I donÕt think it does.
Ingenuity, hard work, and intelligent risk-taking should be
rewarded. But what we have now, in
the health-provider fields, on wall street, and in the banking industry, and in
many other branches of American business, is a form of state-capitalism, in
which the government and businesses work hand-in-hand to enrich themselves,
legally and illegally – and the rest of the crew of our ship of state can
be damned.
The health-care bubble needs to be popped to make
medical care affordable for all Americans. In 2009, even with all the defaults and foreclosures
connected with the housing crisis, over 60% of all bankruptcies of American
citizens were caused by medical catastrophes. Americans werenÕt only spending beyond their means –
they were being gauged by the health-care providers. Even Americans with health-care insurance often face
insurmountable difficulties in receiving insurance payments when catastrophic
illness strikes.
The
following ClusterStock chart indicates quite clearly the bubble in health-care
costs, driven most by the greed of the health-care providers:

How do we know it is the ÔgreedÕ of health-providers
that have caused this massive bubble, rather than increased cost of treatments
and technology, and the shark-invested legal waters ballooning the cost of
malpractice insurance? (Again, the
insurance companies! And the
lawyers!)
David
Schuler, a health-care researcher and writer, explains where the costs of
health-care are rising so much:
From 1965 to 1981 national expenditures on health care
more than doubled from $201 billion to $507 billion in real 2009 dollars. Most of
the increase in costs in healthcare can be explained by three factors:
increased utilization, particularly immediately after the enactment of Medicare
and Medicaid during the period 1965-1972, higher prices, particularly during
the period 1972-1981, and inflation. Most of the increases after 1981 can be
explained by inflation alone.
In
the period 1965-1972 use increases accounted for 45.8% of the increase in
healthcare spending and price increases accounted for 45%. In the period
1965-1972 57.5% of the increase in spending for physician services can be
accounted for by price increases and 32.2% accounted for by increased
utilization.
Hospital expenses and physician services account for
the majority of healthcare costs and both of those are other words for peopleÕs
incomes. Rent, insurance, equipment, and so on are a pittance by comparison
with wages as components of both of those.
HereÕs
my alternative explanation for what has happened to healthcare costs. In the
immediate aftermath of the enactment of Medicare and Medicaid in 1966 there was
an increased utilization of healthcare. That is what was supposed to happen:
old people and poor people were supposed to get more healthcare. In a fee for
services environment, the model that prevailed at the time and still has
considerable force, that means that physicians and hospitals made significantly
more money. Their incomes increased. When utilization levelled off (as should
also have been expected) they continued to increase their incomes by raising
prices. They had become accustomed to increasing incomes.
In
the late 1970Õs and early 1980Õs the increasing healthcare expenditures
capturing of such a quickly rising proportion of the federal budget finally
caught the attention of the Congress and a number of steps were taken to slow
the increase. But the harm had mostly been done. A high cost basis had been
built into healthcare, healthcare was a major component of total GDP, and
inflation alone (of which rising healthcare costs are one of the largest
components) was enough for healthcare costs to grow unsustainably.
I am not blaming healthcare providers for acting this
way. I believe it was a natural human response and they responded as anyone
else would have under the circumstances.
However,
it means that simple cost control wonÕt achieve what we need to accomplish. The
primary components of healthcare costs are hospital costs and physician
services which comprise the majority of costs, insurance administrative costs
which comprise something like 30% of costs, pharmaceutical costs which comprise
something like 10% of costs, and other factors which comprise very small
proportions of the whole. All of these costs are other words for wages,
somebodyÕs income. Healthcare costs are high because wages in the sector are
high.
What kind of civilized, wealthy
society allows a poor person to die because he or she lacks money for medical
care? We claim to be a God-fearing
people, a spiritual people, but we still seek to deny charity in our society to
all except those who donÕt need it.
This moral stinginess is a sign of corruption. This selfish, small nature must be corrected. We Americans are a tribal family of men
and women and children. We must treat our family with justice and
generosity. When we do this, we all
benefit and live in a more decent and supporting environment. We will spend our public money to build
more schools instead of building more prisons.
We
can choose, as a nation, to change our values. We are not obligated to support a state-vision through which
doctors, drug company executives, and insurance agents are made millionaires
while the vast majority of Americans cannot afford the costs of their services,
except as ÔbenefitsÕ at work. And
how secure is this ÔbenefitÕ? Lose
your job: lose your right to health-care treatment. A serious illness then results automatically in bankruptcy
– perhaps in both death and bankruptcy. Is this the way we want to live? Are these the values we want to give our children? Is it reasonable for us to glorify only
the rich in our society; and to discard those who are not rich, who are not the
ÔwinnersÕ we admire so ardently?
God
wants humans to build a heavenly kingdom on the Earth. This means taking care of one
another. This means not exploiting
others for financial gain. This is
a set of values religious Americans need to think about deeply, This is the message of Jesus
Christ. Christians need to
remember the meaning of the message of Christ.
Jesus
was not a conservative. Jesus was
a moral revolutionary who preached that humanity needed to change its behavior,
needed to change the way it interacted with its brethren. He preached love, generosity,
selflessness, and equality. He did
not preach the virtues of materialism, selfishness, and suspicion – nor
did he espouse the virtue of the rich and the degeneracy of the poor. Jesus preached generosity to the
unfortunate; Jesus also surmised that the common vices of the rich made
admission of the affluent to the heavenly kingdom almost impossible.
If
the rich wish to proclaim ÔJesus be damned, weÕll take wealth on the earth and
nothing in the afterlifeÕ, then fine.
But one canÕt have it both ways.
We
must understand the symbolism of Jesus driving the money-changers out of the
temple was a very simple observation that God does not reward piety with earthly pleasures
and wealth. This is the false
argument used by the Satanic Force, which justifies its own greed for power by
maintaining Earthly PowerÕs alliance with God. Jesus admonishes this fraudulence, and commands the bankers
to desist in their apparent alliance with Spirit, to leave the protection of
this false justification of their own ÔchosenÕ status.
WeÕll
also remember that Satan met Jesus in the wilderness and offered him power over
all the Earth.
God
is not source of Earthly power and wealth; the Devil is. The DevilÕs Contract and GodÕs Covenant
are not the same
document. This is a truth the many
Christians have conveniently forgotten during the feeding frenzy that his
gripped the Earth for so many years.
The Higher Education bubble needs to be popped to make
education affordable for all Americans with an aptitude for university
study. This will require more
education support from federal and state governments. It will also require the popping of the health-care bubble,
which has become such a huge burden for universities and for university
students, not to mention non-educational American businesses.
When someone pointed out to Alan Greenspan the
Ôirrational exuberanceÕ of the housing bubble in 2005, Alan commented: ÔEven if there are declines in
prices, the significant run-up to date has so increased equity in homes that
only those who have purchased very recently, purchased just before prices
actually literally go down, are going to have problems.Õ
Wrong,
Alan.
The
American banking system was also going to have problems, as banks careened
toward default, insolvency, bankruptcy.
The American Ruling Class was also going to have problems: Lehman
Brothers would be gone; Morgan-Stanley would be going; Goldman-Sachs would
essentially be castrated; and, without massive intervention from their former
boss, Henry Paulson (who made over $400 million dollars from Goldman-Sachs
stock options before joining George BushÕs government), who essentially robbed
American taxpayers to try save his friends on Wall Street, Goldman-Sachs would
have vanished.
Nothing
was more bizarre than witnessing the bullying Paulson and his trembling shadow
Bernanke appear like magistrates of social reconstitution before Congress,
putting a gun to the heads of unsuspecting congressional leaders, demanding
trillions of taxpayer dollars to ensure the salvation of Western Civilization,
something of which only Paulson was now capable, insisting Congress approve a
scheme whereby Paulson could give money to whomever he chose, and demanding a
guarantee that no one connected in any way with the blatant act of highway
robbery (the ÔbailoutÕ being reconstituted euphemistically as a ÔrescueÕ,
first, and then as a ÔconservatorshipÕ)
could ever be held legally accountable after the crime.
The
arrogance of the man!
Paulson
later told a colleague: ÔIt didnÕt have to be a trillion dollars. It could have been anything! But it had to sound big.Õ
He
wanted to scare legislators and the President into giving him what he
wanted. He haunted Congress and
George Bush with the picture of banks collapsing, riots, revolution, tanks in
the streets, Washington D.C., and New York on fire. Washington swallowed its collective tongue (there were
resistors) and gave Paulson $500 billion with few questions asked, few strings
attached. Later, after giving away
his stash, Paulson refused to divulge to the American public the names of the
private institutions to which the cash grants had been made, concerned that
stigma might attach to institutions so unsubtly graced (and so needing to be
graced).
Now,
after the first wave of $500 billion of personal Paulson loans and gifts to
banks and financial firms (some at least with equity stakes) has not done the
trick, we hear that more taxpayer money will be needed if the American banking
system would survive its own mismanagement.
Alan: you were wrong. Your policy was doomed. AIG is gone; Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac
are gone, all ghosts of their former selves, all shadows slipping in to
nothingness of the sea.
Wall
Street is gone, Alan. The
investment banks you so admired, which helped to fuel the global free-market
bubble, and fly proudly the great American flag of world financial leadership,
have vanished or gone in to hiding, begging the government for money; once
proud titans, now hat-in-hand, begging Congress for their own survival. How the mighty have fallen!
The
Ôfree-marketÕ is gone, too, Alan.
We are heading, inevitably, into an environment of protectionism, of
tariffs, of limited trade, of national responses to an international crisis, to
international political realignment, probably to world war. And the ideology of the vainglorious
Ôfree-market systemÕ, wherein noble and virtuous corporate leaders and
financiers would be wise and capable of disciplining themselves, will not be
mentioned again by serious policy-makers for at least another half-century or
so. American capitalism has shamed
itself on a huge public stage.
American capitalism has given back all it won after a century of battle
with Marxist dogma, given it all back and then some, because greedy bankers and
politicians could not discipline themselves and limit their own obsessive needs
to win.
Positive
thinking, and cheerleading the business model, is not the same as the moral
leadership of a nation. And it is
not in the nature of wanna-be billionaires (i.e., criminals) to discipline
themselves when no one is watching.
In early 2009, Alan, one in ten
mortgages in America are either in foreclosure or under water (are worth less
than what is still owed on the mortgage).
Six million jobs for American workers have vanished. Even more millions of jobs for global
workers have vanished. Suicides, mental
illness, alcoholism, divorce, crimeÉ.these are all real side effects of the
destruction of our economy.
Ervin
and Ana Lupoe both worked as medical technicians at a Kaiser-Permanente
hospital in West Los Angeles. They
owed $850,000 on a mortgage; they both lost their jobs. They were in foreclosure; and they
bounced a check for back-taxes with the IRS. So Ervin shot his five children, his wife and then himself. They were trapped; and becoming
homeless with five children was not a future they were willing to
confront. This was the seventh
murder-suicide of a family in California since the depression, generated by the
broken housing bubble, hit California.
More
than just a few late-comers to the global housing Gold Rush are going down in
flames, Mister Greenspan. Some of
your friends are probably going down too.
What can the new Obama government do
to solve the problems of economic collapse during this necessary period of
deflation? Not much really. In a very real way, depression is
ÔmatterÕ being drawn into a black hole, matter being destroyed through a
growing proximity to anti-matter.
Government can provide support systems for its citizens, extend
unemployment benefits, generate government jobs to help reconstruct the
infrastructure, protect savings in the self-destructing banking system. But all the trillions of dollars the
government is now throwing or is planning to throw at the collapsing financial
balloon of the global economy will not stop the ship from sinking. This depression will not bottom out
until that atomic alarm clock goes off again, signaling the Dawn, when the
necessary deflation will have finally been accomplished. We will look at this question more
deeply later.
One
thing government can and must do,
however, is to raise taxes on the very rich Americans to provide social support
systems for those who have been impoverished by errors, sins, and misdeeds
committed mostly by AmericaÕs rich, those Ômasters of the universeÕ.
As
I have suggested, I believe in EcclesiasteÕs wisdom: to everything there is a
season. Let the rich generate
personal wealth during the Day; and let the rich give back this wealth during
the Night. It is a mechanism we
can follow. Competition by Day;
and Cooperation by Night.
Lower taxes during the Day-Cycle; higher taxes during the Night-Cycle.
The
danger the richest class faces, if they resist such collective sharing of the
wealth during the Night-Cycle, is that they might lose everything in a social
revolution, which is always a possibility during a deflationary
Night-Cycle. History shows many
examples of inflexible arrogant rich classes being stripped of their wealth and
driven in to exile during Night-Cycles, when the moral imperative changes
sides, joins forces with the weak.
One wonders why Alan Greenspan has
not joined the monastery by now after his Ôfree marketÕ doctrine and policy has
helped to turn the American and global financial gargantua into a paper
junkyard; and has turned the financial promises of AmericaÕs once-proud
corporations into a kaleidoscope of shrinking visions, corporate corruption,
and a rattled pyramid of junk-bonds.
The
ÔI made a mistakeÕ statement – i.e., ÔI made an error in judgmentÕ
– is not enough, Alan. Admit
that you are a kind of Ahab! Admit
that you unintentionally torpedoed the Pequod, the boat in which all Americans
are riding! Admit that you sank
the American Ship of State because you were trying to destroy Death, trying to
defeat the Shadow; you were trying to exterminate the Great White Whale of
philosophical and financial and physical mortality!
Tell
us that your ambition was great, even as your judgment was flawed, as your
management skill was É much less than advertised! A good education, and mediocre understanding, almost always
lead to tragic results.
ÒI continue to believe the U.S.
economy is healthy. We have had a significant housing correction in the
U.S. You canÕt have a correction like that without causing some dislocations.
ItÕs too early to tell whether itÕs bottomed. I believe it hasÉÉ.shouldnÕt
be a surprise to anyone that thereÕs some fallout in the subprime mortgage
market É but itÕs largely contained.Ó
~Henry
Paulson March 2007
What is the difference between a Banker and a
Mafioso?
The Banker is the Mafioso at the end of his career. The
Mafioso is the Banker at the beginning of his
career.
Colloquial Proverb
CHAPTER FOUR.
APOLLO AND DIONYSUS. THE COWBOY AND
THE INDIAN.
"Practical
men who believe themselves to be quite immune from intellectual influences are usually
the slaves of some defunct economist."
John
Maynard Keynes
The German philosopher Friedrich Nietzsche
re-discovered in Greek mythology the ancient classical ideas of the divine
manifestations of Day and Night.
In his book, The Birth of Tragedy, Nietzsche draws a clear distinction between the Day brother, Apollo,
and his shadow, the Night brother, Dionysus.
In
The Consequences of Ideas, R.C.
Sproul writes:
ÔWhile working on his doctoral dissertation, Nietzsche
studied classical Greek art and philosophy. He noted the ancient conflict seen in the images of Apollo
and Dionysus. In these images,
Nietzsche discovered the visceral antagonism within himself, and antithesis
between the mind and the will. In
Apollo, the rational and the orderly are incarnated. Apollo represents the Greek ideal of order and harmony. Apollonian art displays perfect
symmetry and proportionality. Its
sculpture displays no warts. The
figure of Dionysus, on the other hand, represents the element of the
chaotic. Dionysus was worshiped in
the ancient Bacchanalia, named after Bacchus, god of the grape or of wine. In the ancient ritual, one attains
mystical release from the inhibition of reason by entering into a drunken,
orgiastic stupor. In this
Dionysian frenzy, a person loses his individual identity as he merges into
mystical union with a transcendent ÔoneÕ or ÔoversoulÕ.
For
Nietzsche, the Apollonian idea is realized in HegelÕs intellectualism, the
Dionysian mood in Arthur SchopenhauerÕs voluntarism. The Dionysian model offers entrance into a dynamic stream of
life-force marked by passion and expressed in music that creates a feeling of
abandon.
Historical movements representing the Day and Night
cycles would later be called Rationalism and Romanticism. Of course, the advent of the Wagnerian
Dionysus imperative was an intimation of the rise of National Socialism in
Germany. We will note that the
manifestation of Dionysus will always be associated with destruction.
George
S. Williamson, in his book The Longing for Myth in Germany, would write:
The stated purpose of The Birth of Tragedy was to set forth the Ôsecret doctrinesÕ of Greek
aesthetics. Greek culture,
Nietzsche argued, originated from the interaction of two antagonistic forces,
represented by the deities Apollo and Dionysus. Apollo was the power that created the images of dreams and
fantasy. The beautiful forms of
Greek sculpture, the coherence of the individual psyche, even the ordered
veneer of the phenomenal world, were all products of Apollonian illusion. Dionysus, by contrast, was the formless
abyss of suffering that coursed underneath these tranquil surfaces. The Dionysian reached its perfect expression
in music, an art form without images.
According to NietzscheÕs scheme, the cultural flowering of Greece
depended on the continual tension between Apollo and Dionysus, just as
procreation depended on a dualism of the sexes, with Ôcontinuous strife and
only periodic reconciliation.Õ
It
was the Apollonian impulse that had given rise to the bright Homeric deities,
whose serene images had led Winckelmann and Schiller to praise the blessedness
and naivete of Greek life. But,
now, Nietzsche contended, Ôthe Olympic magic mountain opens up for us and shows
us its roots.Õ For the Apollonian
images did not reflect Greek happiness but, rather, compensated for a darkly
pessimistic [and recognizably Schopenhauerian] worldview. From time to time this world of
appearances would fall away, as the hard-won individuality of the Greeks
collapsed in a torrent of Dionysian ecstasy. On such occasions social distinctions were overturned, Ôthe
slave became a free manÕ, and neighbor was reconciled with neighbor in an
ecstatic celebration of unity.
ÔMan is no longer an artist, he has become a work of art. The aesthetic power of all nature, to
the highest satisfaction of the primordial unity, reveals itself here in the
tremblings of intoxication.Õ
Apollo was thoughtful; Dionysus was willful. Apollo was dreamy; Dionysus was
worldly. Apollo was saintly and
artistic. Dionysus was devilish
and materialistic. Apollo wrote
about life, described it in sculpture or painting. Dionysus lived life, in all its brightness and
darkness. ApolloÕs expression
touches on perfection. Dionysus is the birth of the tragic. Apollo is a ÔdetachedÕ man of reflection, governed by
intellect. Dionysus is an
ÔattachedÕ, passionate man of action, governed by body and by the
life-instinct. Apollo expressed
the subjective; Dionysus expressed the objective. Apollo was concerned with GodÕs laws; Dionysus was more
concerned with manÕs laws.
H.L.Mencken wrote in The Philosophy of Friedrich
Nietzsche:
In ancient Greece, he pointed out at
the start, Apollo was the god of art - of life as it was recorded and
interpreted - and Bacchus Dionysus was the god of life itself - of eating,
drinking and making merry, of dancing and roistering, of everything that made
men acutely conscious of the vitality and will within them. The difference
between the things they represented has been well set forth in certain homely
verses addressed by Rudyard Kipling to Admiral Robley D. Evans, U. S. N.:
Zogbaum draws with a pencil
And I do things with a pen,
But you sit up in a conning tower,
Bossing eight hundred men.
To him that hath shall be given
And that's why these books are sent
To the man who has lived more
stories
Than Zogbaum or I could invent.
Here we have the plain distinction:
Zogbaum and Kipling are apollonic, while Evans is dionysian. Epic poetry,
sculpture, painting and story-telling are apollonic: they represent, not life
itself, but some one man's visualized idea of life. But dancing, great deeds
and, in some cases, music, are dionysian: they are part and parcel of life as
some actual human being, or collection of human beings, is living it.
Nietzsche
maintained that Greek art was at first apollonic, but that eventually there
appeared a dionysian influence - the fruit, perhaps, of contact with primitive,
barbarous peoples. Ever afterward there was constant conflict between them and this
conflict was the essence of Greek tragedy. As Sarcey tells us, a play, to hold
our attention, must depict some sort of battle, between man and man or idea and
idea. In the melodrama of today the battle is between hero and villain; in the
ancient Greek tragedy it was between Apollo and Dionysus, between the life
contemplative and the life strenuous, between law and outlaw, between the devil
and the seraphim.
Nietzsche,
as we shall see, afterward applied this distinction in morals and life as well
as in art. He called himself a dionysian and the crowning volume of his system
of philosophy, which he had barely started when insanity overtook him, was to
have been called "Dionysus."
I write that Nietzsche re-discovered the meaning of Apollo and Dionysus. The metaphysical meaning of Apollo and Dionysus dates back to the most ancient
philosophies of Assyria and Babylon, and began as a concept connected to the
Moon. Moon-worship developed
before Sun-worship. Moon cycles
were easy to observe from the Earth, as the Moon moved through a very distinct
28-day cycle divisible in to 4 equal segments of 7 days each. Seven was a sacred number of most early
religions because of the MoonÕs easy divisibility. The creation of the Week as a division of time came from the
observation of the Moon cycle.
Also
moon-worship developed in the southern climates where, quite literally, the Sun
was experienced as an oppressive force, the Moon as a soothing sanctuary from
the deadly heat of the day.
The
North worshipped the Sun because the Sun saves the North from the killing cold
of Winter (Night daily embodiment of its larger cyclic brother Winter). The South worships the Moon because the
Moon saves the South from the killing heat of Summer (Day is, of course, the
small-cycle counterpart of Summer).
There
is this built-in duality of Earth: when it is Day in the East it is Night in
the West; when it is Summer in the North, it is Winter in the South. This, in part, explains the conflict
built-in to Earth cycles. Each of
the four quarters of the Earth is experiencing life at a different stage of the
cycle and through a different perspective of reality. Each perspective, in this sense, is ÔtrueÕ – yet,
also, at the same time, adamantly contradictory.
When civilizations developed more advanced sciences in
astrology/astronomy (and when
civilization moved more northward), Sun-Worship supplanted Moon-Worship; but
Sun-Worship presented a similar time-structure as Moon-Worship, this time over
the term of One Year as the Moon did over the term of One Month.
The
Time Structure of the single Day also evinced a similar structure: two forces
in opposition; two forces in balance.
Three
time elements were seen to have a common archetypal structure.

The trinitary Time divisions into four ÔseasonsÕ were:
Dawn Noon Dusk Midnight
Waxing
Half Moon Full Moon Waning
Half Moon New
Moon
Spring
Equinox Summer
Solstice Autumn
Equinox Winter
Solstice
Ernest Busenbark writes in his (unfortunately-titled
1949 book) Symbols, Sex and the Stars:
In addition to the myths derived from the ancient
belief that the moon was a Generator of Life, Goddess of Motherhood and
Regulator of Fate, the moon was the subject of another type of myth, in which
her monthly changes were thought to be the result of a conflict between
deities. It was a contest between
the God of Light, or the Overworld, and the God of Darkness, or the Underworld,
in which each contestant triumphed, in turn, over the other. With the growth of sun worship, the
myths, which were based upon this theme, began to partake of a solar character.
The
underlying motifs of the Light and Darkness myths were growth and decay, life
and death, day and night, summer and winter, which seemed to constitute systems
of pairs of opposites by which all life and activity in the universe was
maintained in a state of balance by the opposition of natural forces.
The
Mother Goddess cults generally deteriorated gradually into sex worship, and
finally passed from the worldÕs stage, leaving only a mass of myths and
superstitions; but the Light-Darkness myths contained the germ from which
developed the great ÔethicÕ religions which now, for upwards of 2500 years,
have played a great part in molding civilizationÉ.
Light
was not, in itself, a complete entity: it required the Darkness to make it
whole, just as the Male required the Female. As a positive current of electricity is without force unless
accompanied by a negative current, so, in early times, the God or Power of
Light was considered incomplete without the power of Darkness to give it
contrast, opposition, force, and completeness.
Opposition
or apparent conflict between the ascending and descending phases of
the Moon provided the underlying motif for the story of the Two Brothers,
called the ÔpartedÕ, which, in various forms, is found in mythology all over
the world. In the zodiac, they are
thought to be represented as Gemini,
the Twins. In China, they appear
as Oph and Shichim; in India they are Cristna and Balarama; in Egypt, Set and
Horus. Some students of
comparative religion see similar motifs in the conflicts between Abel and Cain,
and Jacob and Essau.
The
descending half of the Moon was
often depicted as the Dark One, the Deceiver. In another type of myth, the descending Moon becomes the Manifester, the Precursor or the
Sacrificial Type; and the ascending half is portrayed as the Bringer of Light, the Savior or Redeemer.
The
Full Moon is, of course, the
Virgin Mother, the Queen of Heaven.
In Egyptian mythology, the ascending phase of the
Moon, as the reflector of the SunÕs
Light is represented by the God Horus, who is portrayed as the Eye of the
Sun. The dark phase is caused by Set, the demon of Darkness, who steals
or wounds the Eye of Horus. On
ancient monuments, Set is shown with the head of a jackal, which fact proclaims
him as the Night Prowler and the Thief of Light.
Graphically, this dual representation of Light
Brother/Dark Brother, overlaid on our Time diagrams, appears below. Apollo, of course, in this context,
represents the Bringer of Light; Dionysus represents the bringer of Darkness,
whose power grows from nothing at Noon or the Summer Solstice, when there is no
shadow, to all-powerful at Midnight or the Winter Solstice – at which
point Light is weakest, almost non-existent. Of course, the Winter Solstice represents the birth of
light, the birth of Christ, the re-birth of the Solar Hero, the re-birth of
Apollo.

This discussion is complicated by the fact that the
perception from the material universe is exactly reversed from the perception
from the anti-material universe (the spiritual universe). In the material universe, white (Day)
is good and black (Night) is bad.
In the anti-material universe, Day is bad – the arena or ring of
conflict, where sins are committed, and where karma is accrued-- and Night is
good, a place of rest and reflection – also a realm of judgment for those
who have sinned during the Day. At
Night the soul approaches his God.
Day is the time when the material world expands – riches, powers,
temptations are given to the soul.
Night is the time when the spiritual world expands. But in the anti-matter world, expanding
materialism is the darkness, the Night, not the Light, the Day.
Both
perceptions are illusions, as I have written. Illusions being part-truths. But both illusions are very potent; and both illusions power
the world into action and re-action, back into Day and back into Night.
The
material world relates to the anti-material world as the photograph relates to
the photographic negative. Light
relates to darkness in this same manner.
Without darkness there is no light. Without the photographic negative, there is no photograph.
I
realize I have awkwardly complicated these ideas, ideas which were somewhat
complex even before I added the
mirror reflection.
For my own purposes, the myth of Apollo and Dionysus
seems too classical and too European.
To more clearly present this structure in the American context I believe
the ÔupdatedÕ concept of Cowboy and Indian might be more useful. I will also use the expressions
Day-Force and Night-Force, as well as the expressions Culture and
Counter-Culture. I have a slightly
different take on the essences of these two ÔbrotherÕ natures, in fact.
Who is the Cowboy? The Cowboy is the White Man who is attracted to his
opposite, the Dark Woman (the Earth).
We will see that the Indian is the Dark Man who is attracted to his
opposite, the White Woman (the Moon).
The White Man is the Spirit Force materializing, falling to Earth. The Dark Man is the Matter Force
spiritualizing, rising into Heaven.
As the Spirit Force falls, it becomes darker. As the Matter Force rises, it becomes lighter. The Hebrew diagram for the Star of
David incorporates some of these same ideas.

I have written that the White Man (the ÔwinnerÕ, the
ÔsuccessfulÕ force) will become, in time, the Dark Man (the ÔloserÕ, the
ÔdefeatedÕ force) – and, when the White Man becomes Dark (ÔDark with
sinÕ) he will be rejected by the Dark Woman, the Earth – this is a basic
law of physics, opposites attract; like forces repel. And this White Man-become-Dark Man will then be saved by the
White Woman, the Moon, the Virgin Mary in Christian terminology. The Dark Man becomes the Messiah, the
Soul, that is given birth by the Wisdom of the Night, the Virgin Moon, shining
in the Night Sea.
The
Cowboy is the force of the Day, the Physical Sun, the force of ManÕs Law that
supports city-building and civilization.
The Cowboy is the fertility force, the Sun that magnetically inspires
the growth of crops, the building of wealth, procreation, empire, material
expansion.
The
Indian is the force of the Night, the Metaphysical Sun, the force of GodÕs Law
that destroys city-building and civilization through the force of inactivity,
the force of the Dream-Time. The
Cowboy is Human nature; the Indian is the human-in-Nature.
The
Cowboy is the Hero, who seeks to defend the innocent Community from the forces
of Evil. The Indian is an
Anti-Hero, who seeks to defend the innocent and the poor from the evil forces
of the corrupt overlord community.
How all this hidden symbolic structure relates to
history has been pursued and presented by some historians, Oswald Spengler,
Gambattisto Vico, and, in a different sense, Marsilio Ficino have all written
morphological studies of history.
These approaches have been met with admiration at certain cycles of
history, and with ridicule at others.
Clearly these historians are Indian types, whose visions are generated
through the symbolic mind, not the Cowboy rational mind. Science comprehends the straight line
of causality but not the curved line of cyclicality, which it considers
superstition.
Freud
was a Cowboy (read ÔpracticalÕ); Jung was an Indian (read
Ôother-worldlyÕ). Confucius was
Cowboy (read ÔwillfulÕ); Lao-Tse was an Indian (read ÔselflessÕ). Aristotle was a Cowboy (read Ôa
physician of the Real WorldÕ); Plato was an Indian (read Ôa metaphysician of
the Ideal WorldÕ).
Negentropy
(an unfortunate name for the increasing complexity of organization of
information) is a Day-Force; Entropy (increasing complexity of disorganization
of information) is a Night-Force – i.e., the physical world runs down.
The Lone Ranger was a Cowboy, obviously; and Tonto was an Indian. Tom Sawyer
was a Cowboy; Huckleberry Finn was an Indian. (Huckleberry Finn was a Cowboy; and Jim the Slave was an
Indian. This shows how complex
this structure is, and how roles shift depending upon the attendant elements
participating in the atom.)
A
contemporary Jungian scholar (it may have been James Hillman or Edward Edinger,
both of whom I admire) described the difference between Freud and Jung as being
(and I am paraphrasing) that Freud sees the world through the eyes of a youth
approaching the world of men seeking life, success, and well-adjusted
conformity to manÕs social structure; whereas Jung sees the world through the
eyes of an adult approaching old age and death, seeking knowledge of the future
life (Eternal Time) and a well-adjusted conformity to GodÕs more esoteric
spiritual structure.
The diagram (above) of the Apollo/Dionysus polarity is
not very exact. In a more real
sense, the Light rules from Dawn to Dusk (the Overworld); the Darkness rules from
Dusk to Dawn (the Underworld). But
the diagram above does show an aspect of the two brothersÕ relationship: Light
is weakest at Midnight (Winter Solstice) – i.e., the days are shortest --
but begins gaining strength at this point until Noon (Summer Solstice), when
days are longest, nights are shortest.
At Summer Solstice, Light begins to lose its battle with Darkness
– nights begin to get longer, days shorter. Darkness is weakest at Noon (Summer Solstice), after which
Darkness begins to win the battle with Light.

Then the children of Israel did evil in the sight of
the Lord, and
served the Baals and the Astoreths, the gods of
Syria, the gods
of Sidon, the gods of MolochÉ So the anger of the
Lord was hot
against Israel; and he sold them into the hands of
the Phillistines
and into the hands of the people of Ammon. From that year they
harassed and oppressed the children of Israel for
eighteen yearsÉ
Book of Judges,: 10, 11
CHAPTER FOUR.
DAYS AND NIGHTS IN AMERICAN HISTORY.
(If There Is Precision Inherent in Matter, Is There
Not Also an Implied Precision in MatterÕs Behavior?)
ÔAll things from eternity are of like-forms and come
round in a circle.Õ
Marcus Aurelius
Ronald Reagan was a Cowboy; Jimmy Carter was an
Indian. Barack Obama is an
Indian.
The
illusion is that the Cowboy and Indian, the Culture and the Counter-Culture,
are two separate forces, two separate natures and personalities. In fact, these two forces are a unity. The Cowboy is the youth approaching the
world of men seeking life, success, and well-adjusted conformity to manÕs
social structure; the Indian is that same force at a different point in the
Time Cycle, as an adult approaching old age and death, seeking knowledge of the
future life (Eternal Time) while seeking a well-adjusted conformity to GodÕs
more esoteric spiritual or anti-material structure.
The
Cowboy carries the world out of anti-matter (the Dream Time, Eternal Time) in
to the world of matter (Time); the Indian carries the world out of matter back
in to the black hole of anti-matter.
The Ôblack holeÕ of depression is a kind of womb in which we germinate,
dream, in and from which we find the ÔmaskÕ or vision our re-birth.
The
Cowboy represents the Life of the Body, the life of Form, Formality, Reason,
Law, Civilization, Scientific Intellect
The Indian represents the Life of the Soul, the Life of Mind (Spiritual
Intellect), Informality, Dreams, Creativity, Culture, Art, Community. Every culture, nation, individual needs to develop both sides of this ÔpersonalityÕ, the Day
Personality and the Night Personality.
The
Cowboy builds the physical world and provides security and rules of behavior in
which the society can develop. The
Cowboy brings law to the world, order, civilization. The Cowboy ÔengineersÕ the world, building structures in the
external world, houses, cities, nations, specializing in technology, expanding
its influence on a truly global scale.
The Indians (the Indians are Asiatic in origin) are more passive in the
physical world, view Nature as a divinity, rather than a resource to be
appropriated or ÔdevelopedÕ (which is an interesting word, as though Nature
were not developed. The
ÔdeveloperÕ is clearly one of the more interesting euphemisms that materialism
has imagined.) The Indians build
structures, understandings, in the internal world, develop relationships with
gods, spirits and ancestors who live now in the dream world.
Cowboys
are Solar-Worshippers. Indians are
Lunar-Worshippers.
Cowboys
abhors the Indian, think the Indian is insane. (The Culture generally feels the same for the
Counter-Culture.) The Indian feels
the Cowboy is crude and materialistic, soulless. Donald Trump is a Cowboy, the conqueror of the world. Bill Gates is a Cowboy, a scientist
conquering the world. Napoleon and
Hitler were Cowboys. Bach,
Rembrandt, Melville, and James Joyce were Indians. My thesis is that we need both. America, speaking generally, has given more credence to the
Entrepreneur, the Cowboy, over the last thirty years. Sadly, I think most Americans would rather have their son
grow up to be Donald Trump than Johannes Bach. I think this is explained by our overemphasis on the
practical Daylight side of life – devotion to the so-called Ôreal worldÕ
-- and the religion of Materialism that has dominated the world since the
Scientific world-view dethroned the Religious world-view in the West,
especially over the last 200 years or so.
That
is not to say that the Donald Trumps of the world have no value. Donald Trump plays his role, as do all
of the builders of the physical world.
ItÕs just that for every million Donald Trumps the world creates, the
world creates only one Johannes Bach.
America, speaking generally, gave more credence to the
Artist, the Musician, the Poet, from 1965-1982 however. At least the youth of America did,
which is the machine that drives Western culture.
I
believe AmericaÕs future will be great in terms of cultural developments. I will discuss, in a later chapter, the
American civilization vis-ˆ-vis the Roman civilization. Intellectuals, especially European
intellectuals, enjoy despising American culture by equating it to ancient
Rome. Ancient Romans were skilled
as warriors and engineers, as city-builders, and empire-makers, as the
ÔPolicemen of the WorldÕ. The
Day-Force, the Cowboys, in other words.
In this view, Greece was the culture of the world and Rome was the body,
the uncultured force of will. In
the same way, today, Europe is the culture of the world, the Greece of
today. Rome was a nation of
materialistic bullies. Many,
today, view America in this same way.
Hinduism
speaks of a Father-Mother principle, the Unity split into two, before the
duality splits into adversarial manifestation.
Rome
was a Father-Mother principle, manifesting, first, as the Father, the
militarist, the force of earthly order, business, pragmatism. Later, after corrupt ancient Rome was
overrun by Germanic barbarians, Rome manifested as the Mother, giving birth --
after a long-period of dormancy (the Dark Ages) -- to Renaissance European city
states, which later developed in to the independent countries, cultures and
languages of Europe and England.
To
judge Rome fairly, one must view Roman history in both parts: the Day world of
the powerful Patriarch, with his powerful army, his business acumen, who
dominated the physical universe – the civilization stage -- and the Night world of the powerful Matriarch who gave
birth to Modern Europe – the culture stage. Julius Caesar transformed in to Jesus Christ, at Midnight;
and, then, at Dawn, in to Michaelangelo, Leonardo, Dante, Shakespeare, Bach,
GoetheÉand all of the great artists and thinkers that grew up from RomeÕs rich
animated diffuse soil.
America
will have a similar period of cultural greatness. But America will also need to go through a Dark Age to get
to the stage of cultural rebirth.
Economic depressions (Night-Cycles) are Dark Ages in miniature form
(36-year cycles in toto).
Historical Dark-Ages are Winter-Cycles, enduring for hundreds of years.
If the life on Earth does not end in 2012, then we can
expect American history to mirror roughly RomeÕs own history, with an eventual
collapse of democratic government (the Republic Stage), an advent of government
by an autocratic family or families (the Empire Stage, even more dramatically
executed than today, with even greater failures), and a final collapse into
corruption and fall to a barbarian invading culture (or, perhaps, a great civil
war through which the powers of East-Coast American cities are overthrown.).
According
to this scenario, current American regions (New England, Northeast Corridor,
Atlantic Coast, Deep South, Midwest, Rocky Mountains, Southwest, Pacific
Northwest, and California) will, over time, and through a Dark Age stage of
isolation, germination, and spiritual regeneration, develop independent
national cultures with languages and dialects rooted in English, much as Europe
developed cultures and languages from the root of RomeÕs Latin world-language.
If
the lens IÕm using is accurate, a messiah figure is also scheduled to appear in
America during this next century.
A messiah figure who is both lion and lamb, and may manifest the lion
aspect of his character 2,000 years after having manifested the lamb side of
his nature. We will look at this
more closely later.
The ÔCultureÕ comes from the inner world and creates
the outer world, the Civilization; and the ÔCounter CultureÕ destroys the
civilization and re-creates the inner world, the Culture. The Counter-Culture flows in to the Culture
(when there is Unity) and flows out of the Culture (when the Father-Aspect and
the Son-Aspect begin to disagree).
The
ÔCultureÕ largely ignores the inner world, and, in so doing, allows the
Dream-Body to wither. The
ÔCounter-CultureÕ largely ignores the outer world – hence, degeneration
of the physical world occurs, economic depression being an aspect of this
– and focuses on regeneration of the cultureÕs Dream-Body. Hence, the orthodox ÔCultureÕ must focus on re-ordering the external world when it
re-ascends to power, because the ÔCounter-CultureÕ has allowed the Physical
Body to become weak and disordered (the Night has abandoned the physical
body).
ÔEternal
lifeÕ depends upon the vitalization of both bodies – the Physical Day
Body and the Dream Night
Body. When Day comes, we inhabit
the Physical Form. When Night
comes, we inhabit the Dream Body.
Building civilization is a Day activity. Building culture is a Night
activity. The Sun is the great
builder of Nature during the Day.
The Sun, through the vehicle of the Moon, is the great builder
(nurturer) of Nature during the Night.
The Sun powers the Mind through the brain. The Moon powers the Soul through the heart. The Day is ruled by the Fire of the
Sun. The Night is ruled by the
Water of the Soul.
Generally
speaking, the Republicans are Cowboys, and Democrats are Indians. The Republicans are the male-energy;
Democrats are the female-energy.
Generally speaking. The
most recent manifestation in American politics of the Cowboy spirit began in
1982 with the advent of Ronald Reagan, the ultimate Cowboy Archetype, and ran
through 2008. George Bush and John
McCain were also manifestations of the Cowboy Nature. Reagan was the Cowboy Archetype re-born after a long
retreat, disappearance and germination – the Cowboy again rising at the
beginning of a Day Cycle. Bush and
McCain were manifestations of the Cowboy Nature at the end of the Day cycle,
worn out, defeated, declining.
Obama
is a manifestation of the Indian Nature after a long period of Cowboy
Rule. Obama is a symbol of the
refreshed Indian, as Jimmy Carter was a symbol of the enervated, defeated
Indian Nature.
Franklin
Roosevelt as a manifestation of the re-born Indian Nature also after a long
period of Cowboy Rule (1911-1929).
Abraham
Lincoln was a manifestation of the re-born Indian Nature also after a long
period of Cowboy Rule (1839-1857).
John
Kennedy, very similar to Lincoln, was a manifestation of the re-born Indian
Nature after a long period of Cowboy/Businessman Rule (1947-1965). Later we will discuss complications
both Kennedy and Lincoln present when looking at our dual historical
time-scale.
During
the Day Cycles, the polarization tends to be external, the country is united;
during the Night Cycles, the polarization tends to be internal, the country is
divided.
Democrats nearly always preside over the Darkness in
American history, the defeat of the material nature. I write this with some hesitation, understanding that there
is some disagreement among historians as to the definition of an economic
depression, about where the barrier between a recession and a depression can be
drawn; there is also the problem with an historical definition of Democrat and
Republican. A Democrat today is
much different than a Democrat in Abraham LincolnÕs time (when the ÔDemocratic
RepublicansÕ were the ÔDemocratsÕ of today). I might attempt to illuminate this latter problem by
defining ÔDemocratÕ as the party that cares more for racial and economic
equality and by defining ÔRepublicanÕ as the party that uses Biblical
references to justify racial and economic inequality through individual destiny
and freedom. In one sense, the
Republicans use Old Testament Biblical references to justify racial and
economic inequality in the interests of national exceptionalism (a Ôchosen
nationÕ status as defined by the national monotheistic God); and the Democrats
use New Testament references to justify policies of racial and economic
equality as penance for sins (ego-inflation) committed during the Day Cycles
through an excessive sense of exceptionalism.
In
fact, Day-Cycles are manifestations of the Old Testament; and Night-Cycles are
manifestations of the New Testament.
The ÔRepublicansÕ also focus their philosophy on the
opportunities for and the freedom of the individual; ÔDemocratsÕ focus their
attention on what is good for the nation as a whole. ÔRepublicansÕ defend the corporation, which is both an individual entity, and a symbol of
ÔbodilyÕ existence, a noun, a manifestation of ÔI amÕ -- the life as the
Ego. ÔDemocratsÕ defend co-operation, a verb, an (moral) activity, a manifestation of the
Self and the collective experience.
I
am not making moral judgments in this description. The Cowboy responds to an external threat – and to the
re-polarization of life that occurs as the Darkness is ending. The Cowboy defends the laws that define
the life of the civilization. The
Cowboy drives off the criminal darkness, the dangerous storm clouds, which have
aggregated during the Night, with real intentions of suffocating the society
through violence and revolution.
Reagan
ÔsavedÕ America from the self-hatred of Jimmy Carter, as the Dawn returned and
Ôre-incarnationÕ was demanded.
Re-incarnation, in this sense, happens every day when the human awakens
from sleep, and resurrects the ÔpersonalityÕ of the Ego which has lost its
structure during a night of sleep.
(Reincarnation also works on larger scales of manifestation.)
Reagan
re-introduced the structure of the American personality after that personality
had been crucified during the Darkness of the 1960Õs and especially 1970Õs.
I
believe Jimmy Carter saw himself as a messiah figure, a shadow of Christ (his
initials J.C. perhaps helping to illuminate this destiny to him). Jimmy Carter put himself upon the cross
in order to pay for American sins of the Indian Wars, slavery, racial
discrimination and persecution, inequality in American society, immoral foreign
intrusions in Latin America and Asia, most recently in Vietnam.
The
Darkness is a time of self-judgment, self-condemnation, as the sins of the Day
are visited upon the nation, illuminated in the Soul by the pure light of the
Moon. Each incarnation brings more
sins the society must face during the Night. That is why the Wheel of Incarnation (Re-Birth) is
considered the vehicle of Karmic Debt.
Our
Cowboy defends freedom in the world.
That is the positive side.
But there is a shadow side to this also. Our Cowboy defends freedom in the world so that American
corporations can do business in foreign countries, enabling Americans can enjoy
a higher standard of living – this often involves the suppression of
legitimate political goals of foreign countries and foreign nationals, even to
the point of the U.S. injecting marines in foreign countries to ensure the
freedom of American corporations to profit from foreign enterprises.
The
U.S. military is the ÔmuscleÕ of American business. Nations who follow the capitalist model – and which
allow American business to operate and profit – become our allies. In this we are not so different than
most nations of the world, during their expansionary, civilization, empire
stage. But there is a moral cost
to all this. Karmic debt
accrues. Much of the social and
moral chaos that occurs during the Dark Phase of the Winter months in a society
is caused by the selfish, isolated Ego acting out its survival instincts during
the Day. The Soul judges the Body,
and condemns the Body as being immoral.
Civil War often becomes the result of this Karmic self-judgment. Revolutions are the children of the
Night. Religious re-births are
also the product of the Night cycle.
The Soul is pure, perfect, because it is the principle
of Life, taking the shape of the body that contains it. The Body is not pure or perfect. The Body despises the Soul during the
Day for its weakness and ineffectuality.
The Soul cannot get things done, and is literally helpless in the
practical world. The Soul despises
the Body during the Night for its immorality, and its aggressive selfishness,
and lack of imagination and spiritual essence.
During
the Day, white judges black.
During the Night, black judges white.
During
the Day, white becomes black with sin.
During the Night, black becomes white through an alchemical purification
process, by washing itself white in the light of the Moon and through the fire
of its own empyrean suffering and ÔemptyingÕ condition. The soul returns to its source, to its
original condition.
Day Energy is hierarchical since it is fighting a real
or perceived war against the Darkness in an attempt to live, in an attempt to
suppress the Darkness, and create a sanctuary that excludes the darkness. Michael the Archangel is a Christian
form of Apollo when he drives the Darkness out of heaven and chains Satan in
the underworld. As Spring winds
drive away Winter storm clouds, so do the Cowboys drive away Night-world
pessimists after re-birth.
Reagan
drove away Carter pessimists (self-destructive passive moralists) through the
sheer power of his positive energy, after the Democrats had ruled the Darkness
in America from 1965 through 1982.
The positive energy has to
build, has to generate forms.
Of
course, there are democratic presidents who rule during the Day phase (Bill
Clinton was a recent example of this).
And republican presidents also rule during the Night phase (Richard
Nixon was an example of this).
I remember a few years ago when my elder brother
scoffed -- when recalling NikeÕs motto: ÒJust do it! -- ÔThatÕs right!
Just do it! DonÕt think
about what you are doing!Õ My
brother was in the grip of Apollonian reflective, inactive energy. My response was: ÔJust do it! DonÕt talk about it!Õ I was in the grip of Dionysian energy
of will and activity.
Dionysus
must act. The external world is
his playground. Apollo must think
and talk. The world of ideas is
his playground.
As
I have written earlier, the illusion is that these are two separate
entities. Apollo is Dionysus (anti-Apollo) at an earlier stage of his
life. Dionysus is Apollo (anti-Dionysus) at both an earlier and a later
stage in his life. Human life
begins in Apollo, becomes Dionysian, and then re-becomes Apollonian once
again. The child is Apollo; the
adult is Dionysus; the defeated adult is Apollonian once again.
These
three steps relate to the Christian Trinity, and also to the Ôthree steps of
VishnuÕ in Hindu mythology, and the three aspects of divinity: Brahma, who
creates through the mind, Vishnu, who preserves through the body, and Siva, who
destroys again through the mind (or Spirit).
So, we have concluded that, indeed, there are cycles in Human Manifestation. Can we measure these historical cycles
accurately?
Can
we even get historians to agree on when economic depressions occurred in
America? I donÕt think we
can. Part of the problem is
distinguishing a ÔrecessionÕ, matter approaching a small black hole, from a
ÔdepressionÕ, matter approaching a large black hole.
I
believe the astronomical metaphors are appropriate. Others may
find this representation of a metaphorical truth as a physical reality to be
troubling. The Day World is ruled
by literalism, linear rationality, and causality. The Night World is ruled by metaphor, analogy, and
symbolism. In the Day World: ÔThis
is caused by thatÕ. This is a description
of the straight line: Time running from Past through Present to Future,
sequentially.
In
the Night World: ÔThis is related to that. (And everything, indeed, is related.)Õ
This is a description of the circle, with a network of connecting lines
– more like a spiderÕs web: a matrix, with connections running from all
directions. This is a view of
simultaneity: all Times (past, present and future) existing in the same
container, connected through the graces ofÉmetaphor, analogy, through a kind of
optical overlay, with patterns inside of patterns. We will look at this again later.
An
economic depression is a large entity, state or systems of states, collapsing
in on itself. A black hole is a
large astral entity (a massive star) collapsing in on itself. The gravity is so strong in a black
hole that no mass falling in to perimeter of its influence can escape the
gravity of its downward pull. No
amount of matter thrown at the black hole will escape the gravity, the downward
pull of the black hole.
What
is the white hole, then? A
maddening kind of symmetry seems to exist in Nature. A black hole is a region of space from which nothing can
escape. A white hole (a
time-reversed version of a black hole) is a region of space into which nothing
can fall. A black hole can only
suck things in; a white hole can only spit things out. The Black Hole is the Force of Night;
the White Hole is the Force of Day.
Is
it possible, using TimeÕs symmetry as a model, that a black hole could
evaporate into a white hole over time, recycling energy back in to the system
through this inner transformation?
This model of energy recycling seems to have been very ably anticipated
by an age-old Asian glyph that also represents the relationship between Apollo
and Dionysus, and between the Solar Day Force with its weakened Lunar Night Force and the Lunar Night Force
with its weakened Solar Day Force.
![]()
How many depressions has America experienced in the
Twentieth Century? We can all
agree on one, although historians will argue when it began and when it
ended. For argumentÕs sake, letÕs
say it started in 1929 and ended in 1947 – many economists, I trust,
would accede to this. This may be
right or wrong – but we can live with it at the moment.
Ok. We are now experiencing perhaps the
second depression in the last 100 years.
Did this begin in 2001, with the bursting of the dot com bubble? Or did it begin in 2007, with the breaking
of the housing bubble?
For
argumentÕs sake, letÕs say 2001 (despite Alan GreenspanÕs best intentions).
Recessions? Some historians also claim there was a
recession in the U.S. from 1965 – 1983, during the long years of
democratic rule, with unemployment rates as high as 9% nationally and an
inflation rate of 13.5% in 1980.
That sounds like a depression to me. There is no question that America was experiencing a
spiritual depression in the 1970Õs and early 80Õs. America was undergoing an Ego-death Night experience then,
with racial riots, unrest generated by an unpopular (many said racist-) war;
this period was also distinguished by a huge growth in interest in Asian
mysticism, a sign of Night-Cycle inundation.
In
my mind, economic recession/depressions/stagflations are not measured by GDP
growth and decline, but are Ôspiritual deathsÕ in much the same way that
economic expansions are national Ego inflations (symbolized by the erect male
sexual organ)Éthe man taking Ôheaven by forceÕ, expanding its influence, realm
of law, business-interest imperative.
ÔSpiritual deathsÕ – using the same metaphor – represent the
male imperative in its flaccid state, impotent in the world. It is interesting that the Ôviagra eraÕ
has swept over the entire earth.
This is, when seen in its unconscious meaning, an attempt by the
masculine Ego-Force to short-circuit the approaching Night through the use of
mind/technology and pharmaceutical magic.
This wonÕt work, of course.
Nature is very demanding; and Nature wins during the Night-Cycle. I would not be surprised to see use of
Viagra be linked to some form of health plague eventually. Sixty-year-old men are not supposed to
be sixteen. The fact that
sixty-year-old men want to be sixteen says much about the spiritual vacuum in
which we live today – the pleasures of life are linked to the sex organs
and to the sex organs alone.
Interestingly, if we take the following years as
starting points for American recessions/depressions since 1900:
1929
1965
2001
Éwe find that there are exactly 36 years between the
start of each depression. Being an
amateur mathematician, I assume that a full cycle (from recession to recession)
of 36 years implies a Day cycle of 18 years and a Night cycle of 18 years. Is there that much symmetry in economic
history?
Perhaps. (As I have written, reasonable
historians can argue about the starting and the ending dates of something as
nebulous as a depression, as they can also argue the characteristics and real
nature of an economic depression.
But, for the sake of argument, letÕs proceed.)
1929 - 1947: 18 years
1965
– 1983: 18 years
2001
– 2019: 18 years
If there is truth in these numbers, and there is some
kind of sacred discipline involved in historical manifestation, then the
following years should have also displayed such peaks and valleys of American
economic expansion and contraction.
1713
Night Cycle Ego Deflation begins – 1731 Day Cycle Ego Inflation begins
1749
Night Cycle Ego Deflation begins – 1767 Day Cycle Ego Inflation begins
1785
Night Cycle Ego Deflation begins – 1803 Day Cycle Ego Inflation begins
1821
Night Cycle Ego Deflation begins – 1839 Day Cycle Ego Inflation begins
1857
Night Cycle Ego Deflation begins – 1875 Day Cycle Ego Inflation begins
1893
Night Cycle Ego Deflation begins – 1911 Day Cycle Ego Inflation begins
1929
Night Cycle Ego Deflation begins – 1947 Day Cycle Ego Inflation begins
1965
Night Cycle Ego Deflation begins – 1983 Day Cycle Ego Inflation begins
2001
Night Cycle Ego Deflation begins – 2019 Day Cycle Ego Inflation begins

Since American history is relatively
short, it is difficult to test this hypothesis. However, judging from the century of so existence of the
American Stock Exchange (Dow Jones Industrial Average), and using this as a
gauge of economic expansion and contraction, it is apparent the stock market did follow the inflation-deflation
cycles almost perfectly.
By
being in the Dow Jones Industrial Average only during the Ego-Inflation or Day
Cycles, one would have amassed profits of more than 1700%, or 41% per
year. By being out of the Dow
Jones Industrial Average during Ego-Deflation or Night Cycles, one would have
missed losses of 51%, or 1.15% per year.
STOCK MARKET RETURNS
1923* DJIA @ 75.23 - 1929 DJIA @
331.65: EGO INFLATION CYCLE:
Positive 400% - 67% per year.
1929 DJIA @ 331.65 - 1947 DJIA @ 175.66:
EGO DEFLATION CYCLE: Negative 47%
: -3% per year.
1947 DJIA @ 175.66 - 1965 DJIA @
854.36: EGO INFLATON CYCLE:
Positive 386% : +22% per year.
1965 DJIA @ 854.36 - 1983 DJIA @
1045.07: EGO DEFLATION CYCLE: Positive 22%: +1% per year.
1985 DJIA @ 1045.07 - 2001 DJIA @
10,604.59: EGO INFLATION CYCLE: Positive 915%: +51% per year
2001** DJIA @ 10,604.59 - 2019: EGO
DEFLATION CYCLE (through 2/09 DJIA @ 7850.41): Negative 26%: -3% per year.
* Could not find DJIA prices back to
1911.
** Current deflation from 2001 to
February 2009.



Many will argue that this kind of
precision in NatureÕs manifestations in the Human Kingdom is untrue and even
ridiculous, an example of man seeking to impose order on NatureÕs chaos. This may be true about everything
humanity thinks. That is a
separate issue.
Of
course, scientists do not argue with the precision shown in NatureÕs Time
structures (Day, Month, Year, Sidereal Year, Cosmic Year). No one argues with the geometric
precision of material structures: a common snowflake (a hexagonal crystal), a
water molecule, an ice crystal, or methane. If Nature manifests geometrically, then why would NatureÕs
Time-Patterns not manifest with geometric precision?

Snowflake
crystal Water
molecule Ice
crystal Methane
Sunspot cycles apparently happen
each 11+ years. Each 28+ years
Saturn returns to the same place in the heavens. Each 28+ days the Moon makes a complete cycle. Each 365+ days, the Sun makes a
complete cycle. Jupiter returns to
the same place in the heavens each 12+ years. Solar eclipses come in patterns that lay a lattice of
light/shadow on the Earth running north to south or south to north every 18
years and 11 days, called the Saros Cycle. A catalog of Solar Eclipse Saros 127 shows a return of the eclipse in
line with our Day-Expansion Night-Contraction cycles: (running from the future
back in time, expected or documented) 2055, 2037, 2019, 2001, 1983, 1965, 1947,
1929, 1911, 1893, 1875, 1857, 1839, 1821, 1803, 1785, 1767, 1749, 1731, 1713É
In
ancient myth, the wounding of killing of the Sun-Hero or Sun God signaled the
decline of the Day and the manifestation of the Night-cycle – in effect,
the power of the Sun was eclipsed.
There
clearly seems to be order in NatureÕs seemingly random manifestations.
The
human calendar is a monument to the human understanding of NatureÕs repeating
patterns.
Ok, so Nature does work in repeating
patterns. Even exacting
patterns. Take the phenomena of Mautum
(bamboo tree death) in Mizoram, a remote state in India. Every 48 years brown rats appear out of
no where and destroy the rice fields in the area. This 48 year cycle stretches far back into history. What is the cause of this? The immediate cause is that for 47
years of the cycle there is not enough food in the forest to sustain the
indigenous brown rat population.
But every 48 years the bamboo forests in this region die; all the bamboo
trees linked by an elaborate root structure die together. Each 50 years the bamboo trees flower;
after the flowering, 2 years later the Melocanna bamboo drops a massive amount
of bamboo fruit on the forest floor.
Suddenly the forest has a huge amount of excess fodder. The rat population explodes, overruns
the forest and the neighboring fields, destroying crops, leaving the
inhabitants without subsistence rice for the year. Starvation ensues.
Forty-eight years ago, this phenomenon led to an armed revolt against
India, as the people of Mizoram felt their calls for help were ignored by
Indian politicians.
So,
the death and re-birth of the Melocanna bamboo forests cause the 48 year cycle
of brown rat pests. But what
causes the 50-year life-cycle of the Melocanna bamboo forests? Scientists have transplanted Melocanno
bamboo trees from Southeast Asia half-way around the world, only to find that
the South American transplants die at exactly the same moment that their
siblings do in Mizoram or Thailand.
But what gives credence to the
authorÕs 18-year cycles of American history? Do these cycles ÔworkÕ? They seem to work with the stock market cycles, in a
very imprecise sort of way.
I
am no expert on American history.
I wish I were. It would
make this study much easier for me to complete.
My
intent is to look at the perceived importance and stability of numbers (as
emanations of God, or GodÕs thoughts) throughout history and then to attempt a
deciphering of AmericaÕs very short history in light of these 18-year cycles.
I
do remember from my Catholic education, that the history of Jesus Christ had a
gap missing between his early education and his latter ministry of 18 years,
during which time it is assumed he may have traveled to India to study mystical
philosophy (and cycles) with the Hindus.
Constantly regard the universe as one living being, having one
substance and one soul; and observe how all things have reference to one
perception, the perception of this one living being; and how all things act
with one movement; and how all things are the cooperating causes of all things
which exist; observe too the continuous spinning of the thread and the
contexture of the web."
- Marcus Aurelius
CHAPTER FIVE.
NUMBERS – AND THE NUMERICAL MANIFESTATION OF
HISTORY
(Where Do Numbers Come From? What Do They Mean?)
ÔYou know, the difference between you and me is that I
think
the world Is a circle, and you think the world is a
straight line.Õ
Richard E. Nesbett, quoting a Chinese student: The
Geography of
Thought:
How Asians and Westerners
Think Differently, And Why
Many readers may find this clear, exact numerology
embedded in history (indeed, is the law of historical manifestation) impossible
to fathom or believe. If this
precision were inherent in Nature, why didnÕt everyone know about it? Why was it such a mystery?
Of
course, scientists do know about
the precision of numbers. ThatÕs
what allows them to project a rocket into space for thousands of miles and have
the rocket land on a dime. We know there is a precision of numbers in the physical
world. Why would there not be a
similar precision of numbers in the metaphysical world.
Pythagoras,
the first great philosopher in classical Western culture, believed in the
sacredness of number. To
Pythagoras, God was number. Pythagoras claimed: ÔNumber is the
ruler of forms and ideas, the most ancient and ruling Deity. Number is the canon, the reason, the
intellect and the most undeviating balance of the composition and generation of
all things.Õ According to
Pythagoras, Number was the first essence of Nature. Pythagoras claimed that between men and numbers there was a
science of correspondence.
Plato
later wrote that ÔGod is ever geometrizingÕ. Deity is Number; Number is Deity. Plato taught his students that Ôthe Soul is a NumberÕ. He would also write: ÔGeometry is the
knowledge of the eternally existentÕ – reminding me of what I wrote
earlier about symbolic, scriptural, poetic language.
According
to Orpheus: Ôthe eternal essence of number is the most providential principle
in the universe; it is the root of the permanency of divine things, of Gods and
daemons.Õ
Porphyry
writes that numerals were Ôhieroglyphic[al] symbols by means of which he taught
ideas concerning the nature of thingsÕ.
These ideas of Number did not start with the Greek
philosophers. The Greeks learned
much from the Hindus in India and from the Egyptians. The Hindus had a highly-developed system of numbers and
geometric symbolisms. For the
Hindus, the universe begins in Darkness, the Unmanifest Unknowable Deity,
Unchanging, Primordial Chaos, Zero, the Circle. The Zero transforms itself into One when the universe
manifests, when the Night phase transforms into the Day phase. At the basis of all existence lies the
binary system of zero and 1.
As
the alarm clock of Manvantara (Day-Phase Activity) sounds, Deity transforms
itself into 1, the Unity, the contained Universe, the Circle with a central
point. This Deity then divides
itself into 2 parts, the Duality, Light and Darkness, Day and Night, Activity
and Rest, a Circle with a central diameter. Deity then manifests as the 3, the Mediating Middle
Principle, Life, the Synthesis mediating the opposites, the Thesis and the
Antithesis. The 3 then reflects
itself below, creating the 4, the Sacred Square – or the Cube when taking
on dimensionality – upon which model the entire universe is created. This BuilderÕs Square, of course, is
again composed of a duality: two triangles offset as reflections.

The Hindus built an elaborate chronological exegesis
based on the first four numbers of their cosmology: 4320, which acted as a
numerical foundation-stone in Indian philosophy. The Hindus divided the duration of their four seasons (or
Yugas) of Spring (Golden Age) Krita Yuga, Summer (Silver Age) Treta Yuga,
Autumn (Bronze Age) Dwapara Yuga, and Winter (Iron Age) Kali Yuga into
different lengths, their sum being 4,320,000 moral years.
Mortal
years.
360 days of mortals make a year
1
Krita Yuga contains 1,728,000
Treta Yuga contains
1,296,000
Dwapara Yuga contains 864,000
Kali Yuga contains
432,000
The total of the said four Yugas
constitute a
Maha Yuga 4,320,000
432,000 x 2 = 864,000.
432,000 x 3 = 1,296,000
432,000 x 4 = 1,728,000
The 4320 is truly the (smallest) building block of these
time phases (432,000), and also the sum of the whole (4,320,000), both
microcosm and macrocosm.
Interestingly, if one adds these
Ôbuilding blockÕ digits together, one arrives at one of the primary Ôbuilding
block numbersÕ of time. 4 + 3 + 2
+ 0 = 9.
Our
18 and 36 year cycles of American economic inflations and deflations are
numbers that are, of course, divisible by 9.
Many
ÔrationalistsÕ will dismiss this type of analysis as mystical hocus-pocus. The mathematician, however, will
recognize immediately that these Ômagic numbersÕ (magic years) are all
ÔelementsÕ of the circle with its 360¡.
One will notice quite quickly that
the above Yuga numbers break down into interesting component sums:
4
+ 3 + 2 + 0 = 9
8
+ 6 + 4 = 18
1
+ 2 + 9 + 6 = 18
1
+ 7 + 2 + 8 = 18
Christian mystics assigned the
Number 7 to the Virgin Mary since its was the only number among the numbers of
the sacred dekad
that could not divide the 360¡ of the circle as a whole number. The number 7 was Ônot touchedÕ by the
world.
1 360
2 180
3 120
4 90
5 72
6 60
7 51.4285
8 45
9 40
10 36
Deity, in every culture, has been
represented by the circle, an emblem of unity and totality. Deity is the Being inside of which/whom
we have our being. Deity is the
bubble, the universe, inside of which we have our life. It is a leap, but not an unreasonable leap, to comprehend
that each human soul or being is a cell in GodÕs Body – i.e., a circle
inside a larger circle. Of course,
we cannot know
the being within whom we are living anymore than the cell in our own body can
comprehend us, the totality, they help compose and animate.
This
universe, of course, may be only a cell in a larger being. And this process may repeat for ever, smaller
circles composing larger circles, and larger circles composing smaller circles,
running for ever in both directions.
Maybe for ever; maybe not forever.
Clearly,
humanity can perceive larger circles than itself: the family is a larger
circle, the town is a larger circle, the county is a larger circle, the state
or district is a larger circle, the nation is a larger circle, the continent is
a larger circle, the hemisphere is a larger circle, the planet is a larger
circle, the solar system is a larger circle, the universe is a larger circle.
Humanity
can also perceive smaller circles: the human organism is composed of cells,
which is composed of molecules, which are composed of atoms, which are composed
of a sub-atomic reality science does not fully understand at present.
Perhaps
there are foundation stones on each end which cannot be split. This is possible. Poles which create a real boundary,
inside of which lives or souls ascend and descend --JacobÕs Ladder seems to be
the most common metaphor of this movement between poles. JacobÕs Ladder seems, in a metaphoric
sense at least, very much like the chromosomal tree of life which informs all
living matter.
Humanity
can look through a telescope to see the larger circles of life; humanity can
look through a microscope to see the smaller circles of life. This makes it appear that humanity is
somehow in the middle between the two poles. This may or may not be true.
Jewish mythology represents Jehovah
(Jod, the masculine, and Hovah, the feminine) – the duality instead of
the unity – that is, the Creative God, the second manifestation of Deity,
or Elohim -- as the ratio of the circumference of the circle to the diameter,
or mathematically, Pi, 3.1415.
The
circle is the bubble environment inside of which the Day-Phase activity takes
place, the empty atom of Ego existence, which seems full, until the bubble
breaks, and the Day-Phase inflation ends, and contraction or deflation
begins.
ALHIM, Elohim, has the following symbolic
numerical correspondence:
(A) =
1
(L) = 3
(H) =
5
(I) = 10 or 1
(M) =
40 or 4 =
13514, which, by transmutation,
becomes 3.1415, or Pi. (In Jewish Gematria, or
number symbolism, numerals and letters in a system can be re-ordered and read in
different patterns as a way of metaphorically linking similar ideas or
phenomena.)
Adding
the numbers together (1 + 3 + 5 + 1 + 4)
equals 14, which relates this to the Hebrew words for ÔgoldÕ, ÔloveÕ,
ÔhandÕ, ÔgarmentÕ, ÔbeginningÕ, ÔBelovedÕ, ÔDavidÕ, ÔvalleyÕ, ÔenoughÕ, and
ÔafraidÕ. (Interestingly, in the
context of this book, the Hebrew word for ÔloveÕ is Ôahab, which connects us back to our
theme of megalomaniac light/darkness and MelvilleÕs prophecy concerning the
destiny of America.)
Reading
the above number (13514) geometrically, we have a point, a triangle, a
pentagram, a point, and a square.
The 354 of this number-glyph describes the number of days there are in a
lunar year, connecting Jehovah as Elohim to the Lunar or Night-Phase of the cycle.
It
is during the Night, after the deflation, that God visits the Soul and offers the
covenant of Life, the contract of physical re-birth.
Jehovah (Yah – Father, He – Mother, Vau – Son, He – Daughter) also corresponds
to Saturn. Hence, the Jewish Sabbath
is Saturday, SaturnÕs Day. And the
Sabbath is the 7th and last Day of Creation, at which time all
activity ceasesÉthe perfection of creation is reachedÉand the bubble of
Day-Activity is popped. This is
the point at which Humanity must once again face its creator and be judged.
Saturn
is known as Father Time, the Great Harvester, the Father Who Eats His Own
Children. Saturn presides over the
end of the world, the deflation of the Day-world back to the Nothingness of
Night, back to God, or to Zero, formlessness (pre-atomic bodilessness).
Jehovah-Saturn
is the God who both gives and takes away – that is, gives when He blows
the bubble and creates Time-Space as we know it – the Day Cycle -- and
takes away when He pops the bubble and brings about the Darkness of the naked
soul standing before Eternity without a shell or a body and with no where to
hide.
Saturn,
the planet, returns to the same position relative to the Earth (approximately)
every 28 years. Because the MoonÕs
cycle is (approximately) 28 days, Saturn is considered intimately connected to
the Lunar Cycle; Saturn was always considered a Lunar God, governing the advent
of both the Day and Night Cycles.
Significantly,
Tetragrammaton, IHVH, the symbolic glyph for Jehovah-Saturn, has the corresponding
numerical values:
I: 10
H: 5
V: 6
H: 5
=
26
I: 10
I + H: 15
I + H + V: 21
I+ H + V + H: 26
=
72
4-fold components of 72:
72
54
36
18
As should be readily apparent,
ancient religious thought and numbers have always had an intimate connection.
The great Chinese philosophical
system, The Book of Changes – I Ching – also indicates the
importance of the number 9 and its building-block qualities (especially in its
form of 9 x 4 = 72). W, K. Chu and W.A. Sherrill translate and
comment upon the ÔHo Map Lo Map Rational Number ManuscriptÕ in their books The
Astrology of the I Ching:
Daily Calculation Cycles
The several aspects of the yearly
hexagram control the daily cycles for the entire year. These are closely associated with the
five elements: water, wood, fire, metal and earth. Each of these five elements is considered dominant for about
72 days each year, with the exception of the earth, which is given as the
principal influence for 77 days a yearÉ
Earth
is believed to interact with the other elements at all times, and to come into
dominance over its associated element during the last stages before each of the
solstices and equinoxes. In
calculating the length of time between seasons, it is found that, between the
autumnal and the vernal equinox, the number of days is more or less exactly 180
days, whereas between the vernal and the autumnal equinox are 185 days
plus. With this astrology being
largely based on the influences of the sun and the earth, the extra days beyond
360 (5 elements multiplied by 72 day) are considered to be under the dominance
fo the element earth. Hence, as
will be seen subsequently, the hexagrams representing the element earth will
influence these extra days.
Compensation is thereby made for the fact that the winter solstice
varies in its time of commencement during the appropriate days.
In
connection with the foregoing, when one is analyzing any particular day one
should also examine the preceding and succeeding days, as the cycles are not precisely
defined as to where one begins and another ends, but, rather, represent a
continuum of change.
An
astrological year (beginning with the winter solstice) is cominated by the five
elements approximately as follows:
(a) Water 72
days
(b) Earth 18
days
(c)
Wood 72
days
(d) Earth 20
days
(e) Fire 72
days
(f) Earth 21
days
(g) Metal 72
days
(h) Earth 18
days
Seventy-two days (72) is the length
of time it takes for a hexagram to change to its opposite and then return to
its original state, allowing each line to be the controlling line for a
day. The days start at the bottom
line and move upwards. Thus each
hexagram controls a six-day period, before changing into the next hexagram (the
changes entering at the bottom and continuing to the top) when another six-day
cycle takes place. A hexagram goes
through its complete cycle of evolution in seventy-two stages, during which the
controlling element (water, wood, fire or metal) goes through its seventy-two
day cycle and exerts its controlling influence for that period of time,
according to its stage of evolution on any given day.
The Heavenly Ideal of the Circle
apparently translates to the moving earth as a 365-day orbit, not the 360 day
orbit an Ideal Geometer might expect.
Apparently the Earth is not traveling fast enough. If it were traveling at 30.23379
kilometers per second, then there would be 360 days in the year; instead it is
traveling 29.79 kilometers per second.
This difference is about 20 minutes per day. It seems that the Earth is a bit overweight.
I
guess this is just one of the many imperfections on Earth. (Afterall, Heaven is the plane of
perfection and perfect archetypes; Earth the plane of imperfect approximations
of the archetypes. An architectÕs blueprints
may be perfect but this apparently does not mean that the building will be
perfect.)
Joseph E. Mason, in his article ÔThe
Cycle of Time Number 432Õ quotes mythologist Joseph CampbellÕs ÔThe Inner
Reaches of Outer SpaceÕ in which Campbell draws a comparison between the
Babylonian and the Jewish Flood
Myths (Genesis). Campbell shows
that the ten kings living in Babylon from creation to the time of the flood
lived a total of 432,000 years.
Sumerian King List
King City Year
Aloros Babylon 36,000 (3
+ 6 = 9)
Alaparos Unknown 10,800 (1
+ 8 = 9; 10 + 8 = 18)
Amelon Pautibiblon 46,800 (4
+ 6 + 8 = 18)
Ammenon Pautibiblon 43,200 (4
+ 3 + 2 = 9)
Amegalaros Pautibiblon 64,800 (6
+ 4 + 8 = 18)
Daonos Pautibiblon 36,000 (3
+ 6 = 9)
Euedorachos Pautibiblon 64,800 (6
+ 4 + 8 = 18)
Amempsinos Laragchos 36,000 (3
+ 6 = 9)
Otiartes Laragchos 28,800 (2
+ 8 + 8 = 18)
Xisouthros Unknown 64,800 (6
+ 4 + 8 = 18)
Total years = 432,000 (4
+ 3 + 2 = 9)
The Babylonians viewed a natural division
of time and space (360¡) from units of both 6 and 10, the hexi-decimal system.
In the Book of Genesis, there are
also 10 Patriarchs between Adam and Noah (the Flood). These also each live many years. Noah was 600 years old when
his Ark landed on Mount Ararat.
Dates in Genesis
Antediluvian Patriarch
Adam (Gen 5:3-5) 130
Seth (Gen 5:6-8) 105
Enosh (Gen 5:911) 90
Kenon (Gen 5:12-14) 70
Mahalalel (Gen 5:15-17) 65
Jared (Gen 5:18-20) 162
Enoch (Gen 5:21-24) 65
Methuselah (Gen 5:25-27) 187
Lamech (Gen 5:28-31) 182
Noah (Gen 7:6) 600
Total years until Flood = 1,656 (1 + 6 + 5 + 6 = 18)
These 1656 years, multiplied by
JehovahÕs gematrial number, 26, (Jod = 10; He = 5; Vau = 16; He = 5) is
43,200. Also 1656 years equals
86,400 weeks, which, when halved, equals 43,200.
Joseph Campbell also points out that
in the Viking Eddas, on the Day of Ragnarok, the ÔTwilight of the GodsÕ, 800 divine
warriors appeared out of the 540 Doors of Valhalla. 800 x 540 = 432,000.
The Rig Veda, the most ancient of
Vedic texts in India, is composed in 10,800 stanzas. Each stanza is composed of 40 syllables. This means that the entire composition
contains 432,000 syllables.
Where does this number 4320 come
from in Nature? From astronomy,
which was linked with astrology in ancient cultures, since ancient societies
did not rigidly separate external (measurable) and internal worlds. As above, so below. As within, so without. The inner and the outer worlds were
reflections of each other.
The
earth wobbles 1¡ every 72 years.
This wobble is caused by the gravitational pull of the sun and the moon
about the equator. This causes the
precession of the equinoxes, the slow retrograde, or westward motion of
equinoctial points along the ecliptic and the resulting earlier occurrence of
equinoxes in each successive sidereal year. The ecliptic is the great circle on the celestial sphere
representing the sunÕs apparent path during the year. The ecliptic gets its name from the fact that lunar and
solar eclipses can occur only when the moon crosses this line.
If
the earth wobbles 1¡ every 72 years, how much does it wobble in 360 years, the
full cycle of the circle? 72 x 360
= 25,920 years. This is the Great
Year, called by some a Platonic Year.
25,920 years divided in to 12 constellations (analogically comparable to
our months on earth) = 2,160 years.
(Incidentally,
adding this number internally, 2 + 1 + 6 + 0 = 9, the same as magic number
4320.)
25,920
years divided by 6 = 4320.
Of
course, 360¡ times 12 also equals 4320.
Ancient astronomers reasoned that it
took 2,160 years for the Sun to pass through each constellation in the sky
during this 25,920 years of the Platonic Year. By back-dating Time, they concluded the division of solar
years spent in each zodiacal sign and devised the myth of the Solar Hero
passing through 12 houses each Platonic Year cycle:
Sun Sign Eras
Leo (Lion) 10,800
- 8,640 BC (10
+ 8 = 18) (8 + 6 + 4 = 18)
Cancer (Crab) 8,640
- 6,480 BC (8 + 6 + 4 = 18) (6 + 4 + 8 = 18)
Gemini (Twins) 6,480
- 4,320 BC (6
+ 4 + 8 = 18) (4 + 3 + 2 = 9)
Taurus (Bull) 4,320
- 2,160 BC (4
+ 3 + 2 = 9) (2 + 1 + 6 = 9)
Aries (Ram) 2,160
BC – 0 (2
+ 1 + 6 = 9)É
Pisces (Fish) 0
- 2,160 AD
Aquarius (Water jug) 2,160
- 4,320 AD
Capricorn (Goat) 4,320
– 6,480 AD
Sagittarius (Archer) 6,480
– 8,640 AD
Scorpio (Scorpion) 8,640
– 10,800 AD
The much-discussed Aquarian Age, which will begin in
2160 AD, is part of a mathematical division of the circle and observations of
astronomers viewing the sunÕs passage through the heavens from the perspective
of the earth. Whether there is any
ÔtruthÕ to this mythological view of the Solar Journey is a much different
issue than it being superstitious nonsense. It is based on a form of reason and on mathematics, seen
through the metaphorical lens I mentioned as being the ÔlogicÕ of the Night
Cycle, as opposed to the causal lens which views Day Cycle phenomenon.
Astrology
is built upon an illusion, the illusion that the Sun travels through ÔhousesÕ
of the zodiac. This illusion only
seems true from the perspective of the Earth. However, this does not negate the value of the metaphorical
truth of the zodiac, which is, afterall, a record of the human journey on earth
through life stages contained within the eternal circle of birth –
maturity – decay – death.
If this journey is told in a metaphorical or symbolic language then one
must understand that symbolic language to be able to comprehend the true
meaning of the story. This
language describes the journey through the Night, when the body has been
lost. The Night is the Sea of the
Unconscious. It is the world upon
which Noah travels (Ahab too) when darkness has fallen upon the world.
The
Zodiac is actually the description of a human life system on Earth (physical,
psychological, and spiritual) that is projected through the Sun (the symbol of
the Soul) into the heavens. The
illusion is that the Sun ÔmovesÕ through these astrological houses in the
heavens. That does not, however, render the symbolic
description of stages and joys and conflicts of human life on earth
invalid. The ancients studied
themselves, their own transformations and trials in life – and ascribed
these same episodes and logics to the Sun (the Oversoul) as a metaphorical
allusion, linking Heaven and Earth.
In the previously-mentioned Rig-Veda: ÔThe 12-spoked wheel (of time) in
which the 720 sons of Agni are establishedÉÕ 12 x 720 = 8640.
Which is our 4320 multiplied by 2; and which appears prominently in the
division of the Sun Seasons above.
The
Mayan Ôlong countÕ is also based upon similar heavenly observation. 1 Tun = 360 days; 1 Katun = 7,200 days (360 x 20); and 15 Katuns
= 2,160,000 (6000 x
360) days. Their great cycle was
believed to last for 13 Baktuns or 1,872,000 (5200 x 360). It is the present Baktun which is set to end on 22 December
2012. Many people are convinced
that the world will actually end in 2012.
Interestingly, from our earlier example, showing that
7 is the only number in the dekad that does not divide the circle evenly (360¡ divided by 7 =
51.4285): Matthew 1:17 states that there were 42 generations (3 groups of 14)
from Abraham to Christ. From
Abraham to Jesus Christ is a total of 2,160 years. If you divide 2,160 by 42 you get 51.4 years as being the
time signifying a generation.
Luis Miguel Goitizolo, in his book The Wheel of
Time writes:
Now, in connection with these two
key numbers, 72 and 25,920, there are extremely suggestive coincidences that
evidence a perfect correspondence between the life of man, the Ômicrocosm,Õ and
that of our universe, or Ômacrocosm.Õ
For
one thing, 72 corresponds to the average number of beats of the human heart in
a minute, and a quarter of 72, or 18, to the human breathings in the same period,
so that in one day a man will have breathed 18 x 60 x 24 = 25,920 times.
On
the other hand, after 72 years, which is the average length of life of man at
present, a man will have lived a total 25,920 days (assuming an ideal year of
360 days), while the EarthÕs axis will have barely traveled a degree of the
equinoctial circle of 360 degrees or 25,920 common years. In other words: from
a cosmic view, manÕs life lasts only one day.
The
number 72 appears frequently in connection with cosmic cycles. For example, it
appears in the Chinese magical square and corresponded, in the
Far–Eastern tradition, to the division of the year in five parts (5 x 72
= 360), out of which three (3 x 72 = 216) were ÒYangÓ or masculine, and two (2
x 72 = 144) ÒYinÓ or feminine.
I
will mention, in passing, that this division of the year was also used by the
ancient Incas. Among the ancient Egyptians, in turn, 72 are the plotters who
stand by Seth in his scheme to kill Osiris.
Again, remember that 72 were the disciples of
Jesus (12 apostles and 72 disciples), 72 the members of the Jewish Sanhedrin
and, in the Middle Ages, the articles of the Rule of the Order of the Temple
were also 72.
So, the ancient Babylonians, Mayans,
Egyptians, Chinese, Indians, Greeks, and Jews generated philosophers and
philosophies that calibrated philosophical truths -- and their historical
shadows -- on the basis of geometric archetypes. It is also interesting to note that the Chinese division of the
year into 5 parts, 3 Yang and 2 Yin all add up, through internal addition, to
9. (3 + 6 + 0 = 9; 2 + 1 + 6 = 9;
1 + 4 + 4 = 9.)
LetÕs
complete the Hindu cosmology:
Mortal
years.
360 days of mortals make a year 1
Krita Yuga contains 1,728,000
Treta Yuga contains
1,296,000
Dwapara Yuga contains
864,000
Kali Yuga contains
432,000
The total of the said four Yugas
constitute a
Maha Yuga
4,320,000
Seventy-one of such Maha-Yugas form the
period of the reign of one
Manu 306,720,000
The reign of 14 Manus embraces the duration
of 994 Maha-Yugas, which is
equal to 4,294,080,000
Add Sandhis, i.e., intervals between the reign
of each Manu, which amount to six
Maha-Yugas, equal to 25,920,000
The total of these reigns and interregnums of
14 Manus, is 1,000 Maha-Yugas, which
constitute a Kalpa, i.e., one day of
Brahma 4,320,000,000
As Brahma's Night is of equal duration, one Day
and Night of Brahma would contain 8,640,000,000
360 of such days and nights make one year of
Brahma make 3,110,400,000,000
100 such years constitute the whole period of
Brahma's age, i.e., Maha-Kalpa 311,040,000,000,000.
All of these numbers are divisible by 9. Cycles of 9, 18, 36 and 72 years are all
part of the smaller cycles manifesting as history.
Luis
Goitizolo writes about this 311 trillion number of duration:
The immensely vast length of
311,040,000,000,000 common years that the texts implicitly assign to the great
cycle of cosmic manifestation, accommodates indeed comfortably the 15 billions
of years estimated by modern physics as the age of the universe; and even if
such length were deemed exaggerate – say it was a thousand times lesser,
i.e. the actual figure was only 311,040,000,000 years, which is certainly not
impossible if we stick to the foregoing considerations – even so the 15
billions of years would fit comfortably within that period. At any rate, it
would mean that our universe is still very young and that we are now, within
the immense cycle of universal manifestation, virtually at the beginning of an
expansion period.
And
indeed, it is amazing that it took literally millennia for the modern
scientific circles to again conceive this ancient notion of a universe that
Òbreathes,Ó i.e. a universe that has two phases, one in which it expands and
the other in which it contracts; two phases which, by virtue of the
correspondences to which cycles of any order of magnitude are subject, can be
respectively assimilated to a BrahmaÕs Day and its corresponding NightÉboth
phases of what the Hindus call (one) Manvantara.
The Greeks gave a different perspective to this same
cosmic cycle number: 311,040,000,000,000.
In Greek Gematria (number/alphabet symbolism), ÔPythagorasÕ = 864. Of course, 864 is implicit in and very
apparent the Hindu system also.
432 x 2 = 864.
If
we multiply 24 (hours in the day) times 60 (minutes in an hour) times 60
(seconds in a minute) we get 86,400 (seconds in a day). So this number has rather deep roots
– and is not simply pulled, like a rabbit, out of a hat.
In
terms of astronomical science, 864,000 is also the calculated diameter of the
Sun in miles.
Along
these same lines, the calculated diameter of the Moon is 2160 miles.
8640
(the Sun) is our magic 4320 number doubled.
2160
(the Moon) is our magic 4320 number halved.
Again,
in our ÔSun Sign ErasÕ we see these numbers being repeated rather
significantly:
Sun Sign Eras
Virgo (Virgin) 12,960
– 10,800 BC
Leo (Lion) 10,800
- 8,640 BC
Cancer (Crab) 8,640
- 6,480 BC
Gemini (Twins) 6,480
- 4,320 BC
Taurus (Bull) 4,320
- 2,160 BC
Aries (Ram) 2,160
BC - 0
Pisces (Fish) 0
- 2,160 AD
Aquarius (Water Jug) 2,160
- 4,320 AD
Capricorn (Goat) 4,320
– 6,480 AD
Sagittarius (Archer) 6,480
– 8,640 AD
Scorpio (Scorpion) 8640
– 12960 AD
Interestingly,
the diameter of the planet of Mars is 4320 miles.
We will look at
all the planets in our solar system and their relation to the Ideal Circle
later in this book.
In Greek mathematics, the two sacred
forms were the Circle, the female principle, and the tetraktys, the male
principle (the Triangle composed of 10 dots). Multiply ÒPythagorasÓ (846) x the Circle (360¡) x the
Tetraktys (10) and you get 3,110,400.
Adding additional zeroes will get us to the magic Hindu cosmology
number.
Taking
the original gematria number for ÔPythagorasÕ, 864 and adding this to 864 multiplied by the Circle (360¡),
gives us 311,040. Then multiplying
311,040 by the Tetraktys (10, with an additional 0 added, or 100), gives us
31,104,000. Adding all three
numbers together equals:
864 +
311,040 +
31,104,000 = 31,415,904. When we then move the decimal point 7
spaces (the perfect, indivisible number), we get 3.1415904 – which brings
us back to the idea of pi, the relationship of the circumference of the circle to the
diameter.
In terms of sexual symbolism, the
Circle is the Womb (or Zero), the Diameter in the Circle is the Male Unit
(number One -- the 1 inside the zero, or 10 the number of completion, male and
female unified), which diameter divides the Circle in half, indicating
polarity, or the Day-Cycle.
Pictorially, the Male Principle starts at one point on the circle and
draws a diameter to the other side of the circle: when he hits the other side
of the circle, the Day ends. It is
tantamount to having an orgasm.
When the digit is rigid, it enters the womb; after orgasm it disappears;
then the circle re-absorbs the male element for a period of rest, or
pralaya. The womb is impregnated;
9 months later the world is re-born.
Of
course, when the reader asks ÔWhat has this to do with the authorÕs major
concept of cycles being of 18-years?Õ I would reply that the Day-Cycle of the
Male Principle dividing the Circle in half (with his Diameter) = 180¡ of the
complete Circle 360¡. The
Day-Cycle is 18(0)¡, the Night-Cycle is 18(0)¡ and, together, they make up the
36(0)¡ of a completed cycle.
God breathes spirit or energy into matter, creating
the bubble that is and becomes physical existence (the physical, emotional,
mental trinitary unit). God
extracts energy from matter, breathing in, collapsing the bubble; and light
vanishes. Light that is trapped in
the bubble evaporates. Matter
transitions into dark background matter.
Background matter comes to the foreground in material form; and material
form then recedes back into this background source radiation.
The
Hindus call the Night of Brahma ÔPralayaÕ. Pralaya is the period between two incarnations, two periods
of activity, two Day-Cycles. In A
Treatise on Cosmic Fire, Alice Bailey writes: ÔFrom the point of view of any unit involved, a
pralaya is a period of quiescence, of cessation from a particular type of
activity, involving objectivity; yet, from the point of view of the great whole
with which the unit may be involved, a pralaya may be considered merely as a
transference of force from one direction into another. Though the unit may be temporarily
devitalized, as regards its form, yet the greater Entity persists, and is still
active.Õ
A
metaphor for this process of Ôa transference of force from one direction into
anotherÕ is provided by electricity.
Electricity changes direction.
Electricity flows from negative to positive during the Day Cycle;
electricity flows from positive to negative during the Day Cycle. It is not possible to eliminate either
part of this circuit (circle) without eliminating the phenomena of electricity
entirely.
ÔThough
the unit (number 1) may be temporarily devitalizedÕ – the male organ, the
Straight Line, the Diameter – Ôthe greater Entity persists, and is still
activeÕ – the female organ, the Circle.
Day activity ceases; form-building
ceases; forms disappear as light disappears; human forms can no longer see the
large world outside, and are forced to turn their vision inside, to their home,
their family, their cave. They
sleep. They become active in their
dream body. They experience
quiescence. They experience rest.
When
the human wakes up the next morning, humans begin form-building again, picking
up where they left off at the end of the previous day. Day-Time never goes backward. Night-Time is not the same as and does
not comprehend Day-Time. Night-Time
dissolves Day-Time; and, then, ineluctably, resurrects Day-Time. Day-Time feeds the Dream-Time; and
Dream-Time feeds the Day-Time.
This is not a warm, fuzzy process,
of course, where all oppositions are worked out amicably and without pain.
The
Day and the Night are enemies; and their ÔcombinationÕ at Dawn and Dusk can
produce the monstrous. The Day is
Christianity; the Night is Islam.
The Day is Capitalism; the Night is Communism. The Day is Tammuz, who gets eaten by a wild boar (the
Night). (Attis and Adonis, also
Sun Heroes, both fall from power at the Summer Solstice and get eaten by a wild
boar). Set, the Egyptian Dionysius,
is out hunting wild boar when he finds the body of Osiris (his brother, the Sun
Hero, the Egyptian Apollo), whose body he then tears into 14 pieces and
scatters across the land.
Why
a wild boar? In Babylonia, the
month of Haziran (June) derived from the Chaldean word ÔHazirÕ or ÔHaziraÕ, which also
signified porcus
or hog. Interestingly, Temmuz was the Babylonian word for the
month of July.
In
all ancient mythology we see an esoteric reference to Time and to TimeÕs
cyclical structures – an archetypal structure or blueprint that exists on
many different, alternating, and overlapping scales.
The Chinese believe in constant
change, but with things always moving back to
some prior state. They pay attention
to a wide range of events; they search for
relationships between things; and
they think you cannot understand the part without
understanding the whole. Westerners live in a simple, more
deterministic world;
they focus on salient objects or
people instead of the larger picture;
and they think
they can control events because they
know the rules that govern the behavior of objects.
Richard E. Nesbett: The Geography of Thought:
How Asians and
Westerners Think Differently, And Why
CHAPTER SIX.
TIME CYCLES IN HISTORY
(Looking at the Prototype in Microcosm)
A hero is devoured by a water-monster in the WestÉ The
animal travels with him (inside) to the EastÉ Meanwhile
the hero lights a fire in the belly of the monsterÉand,
feeling
hungry, cuts himself a piece of the heart. Soon, afterwards, he
notices that the fish has glided on to dry land; he
immediately
begins to cut open the animal from within; then he
slips out.
It was so hot in the fishÕs belly that all his hair has
fallen out.
The hero may, at the same time, free all those who were
previously devoured by the monster.
-- Frobenius, Das Zeitalter des Sonnengottes
The academic study of Western
History has an implicit (agreed-upon) Time structure currently in place
although current usage probably is more habitual than enlightening today in
terms of both structure complexity and complicity. Terms such as Ômiddle agesÕ, ÔrenaissanceÕ, and Ôdark agesÕ
refer to times of the day and seasons of the year – although current
usage rarely, if ever, translates these descriptions as elements in a
time-centered historical metaphysic.
In
my interpretation of these terms, the Dark Ages are the Nights or the Winter
season in Western Civilization, times during which the Ôlight of civilizationÕ
has vanished. The Dark Ages in Western
History began essentially with the gothic destruction of Rome as the capital
and symbol of Western Civilization, the world-city 2000 years ago. The Dark Ages rule for approximately
1,000 years, from the fall of Rome until the rise of the Renaissance city
states of northern Italy (Florence, Siena, Venice).
The
Renaissance is nested within the Middle Ages (Medieval period) – the
Middle Ages is often connected by historians with the Dark Ages, which, in my
mind, is erroneous -- the Middle Ages being, as a Time location, Dawn or
Spring, and the historical reflection of the Middle Principle I discussed
earlier in Chapter One. The Middle
Ages are the Dawn, in one aspect (light rising out of darkness), wherein the
forces of Light and Darkness are balanced in terms of strength, where the
world-view unites the opposites, unites, for example, the Religious and the
Scientific perspective. There two
principles are ÔunitedÕ in certain individuals – but they are also locked
in deadly battle. If one views
nature, Spring is the season of a ferocious battle between the new idea (in
this case, Reason rising) and the old idea, the darkness (in this case Religion
falling).
The
human race, from here, will move in to the Age of Reason, or the glorification
of the human intellect – leaving behind the ÔmysteryÕ of nature, the
darkness of the clouded female mystery, taking this development to the
pathological stage (repression and ridicule of the Ômystery of natureÕ as
insane or superstitious) at Noon, precedent to manÕs fall.
ÔRenaissance
MenÕ, the great artists/scientists of the Medieval era, are symbols of the
complete man, uniting Light and Darkness, Male and Female, Reason and Dream,
Mathematics and Art or Poetry. In
historical manifestation, this temporary balance is lost. During the deep part of the Day Cycle, Science, Technics, the Male
Mind, dominates; and during the deep part of the Night Cycle, Religion, Poetry,
the Female Mind, dominates.
In
my system, there are two Middle Age periods: the Dawn and the Dusk. At the Dawn, the Artist joins the side
of Science, rational enlightenment (the light of the object), man, humanism,
city-building, drawing away from the Religious world-view. At Dawn, the Artist is supported by the
rich classes. At Dawn, the
Renaissance Man supports the rich classes, supports the building of the city,
supports the separation of the light and the dark. (City-building, raising the edifice, the monument of
civilization, is a symbol of the male erection, raised up out of dormancy, a
magic wand by which Nature becomes fecund, prosperous, matter filled with
light.)
At
the Dusk, the Artist essentially re-joins the side of Religion, mysticism,
Nature, turning his back on the city as a den of iniquity, turning away from
Science (which now seems sterile), turning away from Materialism (which now
seems empty), turning away from the abstract Father and back toward the Natural
Mother. At Dusk, the Artist is
hated by the rich, and hates the rich in return. The hero at Dawn becomes the Anti-Hero at Dusk, the
Revolutionary. The Angel of
Creation at Dawn becomes the Daemon of Destruction at Dusk, enemy of the
existing power structure. The
religion that the Romantic Anti-Hero (as Prophet) joins is not the orthodox old religion of the
establishment that he has created (under an earlier persona, guise, or mask),
but the mystical dark religion of Death, the kabbalistic hidden magic religion
of depth, the Wisdom Religion.
Sterile orthodox literal religion cannot engender re-birth of the
soul. It oversees the death of the
soul, freezing the soul with reason.
It is only the Living God, found on the mountain in darkness, which can
resurrect the soul to a new life.
We
remember that the ÔromanticÕ idealizes and moves toward an Ideal through the
power of love, away from a corrupted ideal which he no longer trusts or
values. The Spring-Time
Renaissance-ManÕs love for the Earth in her virginal spring flowers and pure
scents becomes, in Autumn, the Romantic-ManÕs rejection of a corrupt Earth, in
her colorful fallen leaves and fully-born fruits and bounty, an Earth used-up,
in a sense, past her youth. As
beautiful as the New Earth was to the Renaissance Man of Spring, the Old Earth
is a corrupt and as disturbing to the Romantic Man of Autumn – and he
looks to a new woman for inspiration, the Moon, the White Woman, for a love
that is not Earthy, for a love that is emotional and spiritual and less
material.
The
De-Naissance Man of Dusk is, at one stage, a romantic anti-religious
revolutionary, a Marxist. As he
goes deeper into his solitude, he will leave behind this secular rebellion
(which is a final form of materialism) and re-enter the water element and
experience what Oswald Spengler calls the Ôsecond religionÕ, a re-birth of
wonder at lifeÕs richness (found in deprivation, darkness, and a re-discovery
of primitive Nature, and his Non-Self), a personal reawakening of the genuine
religious experience.
In
Hinduism, Vishnu takes three steps across the universe. There are many meanings to this three
steps Vishnu takes. One meaning is
the description of human life as (1) Religious Life, in which the human
believes in God as he is told to do by his parents (this is the childhood of
the man); (2) Anti-Religious Life, in which the man rebels against the
instructions of his parents, individualizes, resists the common perceptions
(this is the adolescence of the man); and (3) the Second Religious Life, in
which a man synthesizes the oppositions (establishment and anti-establishment,
culture and counter-culture), and sees God with his mind and heart fused
– seeing GodÕs Mind through NatureÕs Laws -- as he saw God in the first
stage only with his heart, only with his faith.
The loci of the Dawn is in mercantile City-States, rising up out of
NatureÕs dark water. The loci of
the Noon is urban, the city, the megalopolis. The loci of the Dusk is the academic City-States (university towns),
where the Ôback to nature movementsÕ are born and bred, and where the
Counter-Culture thrives. The loci
of Midnight is the Earth, the soil, the land, where the roots are found; where
Gothic nature builds great monumental churches to God, a philosophy, a
theology, written in stone.
It
is possible for a man to feel gigantic in the City. It is not possible for a man to feel gigantic in Nature.

The Renaissance Artist symbolizes
the Dawn, the growth of Culture.
Julius Caesar and the Roman Legions symbolize the Noon-Time, with its
Neo-Classicism. The Romantic
Artist symbolizes the Dusk, the growth of the Counter-Culture (the decay of
Culture), and with its two paths, Marxist rebellion and Mystical Death and
regeneration. Both of these paths
romanticize martyrdom. Jesus
Christ and his Gnostic and then his Gothic followers symbolize the time of
Midnight, with its Mysticism. The
Renaissance Man marries Religion, Science, and Art. The Romantic Man divorces Science from Religion and Religion
from Art and marries himself to the poor, generating Democracy, first, then a
more totalitarian proletariat government, then a rejection of life entirely and
an embrace of death with leads to either suicide or spiritual rebirth.
Theocracy
is born at Midnight, with the rebirth of the Religious Idea. The Aristocracy appears, first, as the
military arm of the Church. But,
over time, the Aristocracy grows weary of the tyranny of the Priesthood. The Aristocracy rebels against the
Church, creating a feudalistic Spring Season in human culture. The Romantic Aristocracy rebels against
the Renaissance Aristocracy, bringing a republican Summer Season to human
culture (Dionysus kills Apollo; Tammuz is gored by the bull in June). It is this Summer-to-Autumn season that
sees the creative fruition of the human plant in the form of individual talent
on its largest scale (in the form of freedom and equality, symbolized by the
astrological sign of Libra). We will note
that Dawn and the Dusk are times of great artistic and philosophical
ferment. In the Democratic Era,
the greatest human freedom occurs – and this corresponds to the harvest
season, the culmination of the seed of human culture planted back during the
darkness.
The
Romantic, leading the Middle Class, rebels against the corrupt Aristocracy and
joins the Working Class to create the great Democratic Era. The Working Class ultimately rebels against
the Middle Class to bring about the Winter era (the Marxist era?) of Chaos and
sterility. Greater freedom, in
each case -- freedom from God's Law, freedom from Natural Law, freedom from
Society's Laws -- leads, eventually, to a state of Chaos, an age in which each
individual seeks to live by laws that he or she creates. The health of the group, the strength
of tradition, weakens as the strength of the individual grows. When the society has destroyed itself
through freedom, and has indulged in chaos and darkness, it returns to God; and
a form of Theocracy rises when the Working/Peasant Class allies itself with the
Church seeking order.
The
Romantic anti-hero at Autumn rebels against academic technique as much as the
Renaissance Man of Spring let himself be defined by the precisions of academic
technique.
The
Renaissance Man (the Dawn) is a figure of balance between the two forces of
Light and Darkness, as is the Romantic Man (the Dusk), each standing with one
foot in light and one foot in darkness. The Renaissance Man is moving toward an imbalance of
enlightened reason (Scientific thought) which leads to a kind of apocalypse;
the Romantic Man is moving, instead, toward an imbalance of unenlightened reason
(Metaphysical thought) which also leads to a kind of apocalypse.
The
Materialistic apocalypse is experienced at Noon, and this is why so many
Noon-Cycles erupt into economic depressions.
The
Religious apocalypse is experienced in Midnight-Cycles – recent religious
apocalypses include the murder-suicide binge led by Jim Jones of the PeopleÕs
Temple, in Guyana (with nearly 1,000 church members poisoned by their leader,
who then committed suicide) and the spectacle of disillusioned American and
European middle-class children joining the religious commune in central Oregon
led by Osho (Bagwan Shree Rajneesh) an Indian Guru who proclaimed the following
as part of his religious doctrine: ÔSex is fun; Materialism is good; and Jesus
was a madman.Ó Osho owned 93 Rolls
Royce cars, while his followers live in relative poverty. He had sex with many of his followers;
and several leaders of his cult were arrested when they intentionally spread
salmonella food-poisoning in ten local restaurants, sickening more than 750
residents of the Dalles, Oregon, in an attempt to take over city government by
diminishing voter turnout during the 1984 voting season. Followers were also arrested on
conspiracy to commit murder changes for plotting the murder of a United States
Attorney. (Osho was also a very
open anti-semite, one of his favorite sayings being: ÒI will have to wash my
mouth out; for I have just eaten a Jew.Õ)
Too
much reason is a form of ÔNoon-MadnessÕ, rendering life arid and sterile; and
not enough reason is a form of ÔMidnight MadnessÕ, turning life in to a
flood.
Dusk 1974
1978 – Jim Jones PeopleÕs
Temple Mass Suicide, Guyana
1981
– Establishment of Rajneeshpuram in Oregon.
Midnight 1983
It is not only religious apocalypses
that occur at Midnight, but also secular horrors.
Dusk 1938
1939 – Nazis invade Poland,
starting World War II
1941
– Japan bombs American fleet at Pearl Harbor
1943
– Auschwitz main Nazi extermination camp
1945
– Atomic bomb dropped on Japanese cities
Hiroshima
and Nagasaki by Americans
Midnight 1947
Also
Dusk 1974
1975 Khmer Rouge takes power in
Cambodia
1979
Khmer Rouge genocide of up to two million Cambodians
ends
Midnight 1983
The above is all painted in rather
broad strokes. I do not intend to
fully elaborate this view in this book, since it is quite intricate and will
need much development. This book
presents a blueprint of ideas, with a primary focusing on the Great Tribulation
now facing the Earth as we slip in to the Night-Cycle (the Waking-Dream
Deflation) The Day-Cycle is the
Waking Dream and the Night-Cycle is the Sleeping-Dream.
A few more basic premises. The Summer/Noon represents a peaking of
economic cycles; and a fall, as the future essentially contracts and darkens
when the Sun-Hero, the Ego, is wounded; internal strife, war and civil war,
rebellion of the Son against the Father Force (the Sky), economic panics, are
all part of this declining Summer Season.
Winter/Midnight represents the bottoming of an economic death, the slow rising
of Masculine Spirit again after a period of Darkness.
The
Female element (the Dark Brother, the Pessimist, The Loner, The Loser, the
Revolutionary, in some myths, the one who kills or wounds the Sun) begins to
win in the Summer/Noon, gains strength through the Autumn/Dusk and Winter/Midnight;
and her/his strength is absolutely broken in the Spring/Dawn when the new-born
Sun-Hero wars with the darkness, ultimately driving the Night (the Storm
Gods/Clouds) out of heaven, back in to the Deep Darkness below (the Primordial
Ocean).
Michael
the Archangel is Judeo-ChristianityÕs new-born Sun-Hero, on one level, who
drives Satan out of Heaven and chains him in the underworld. In fact, the myth of the rising
Sun-Hero marries the figures of Jesus Christ and Michael the Archangel. Jesus Christ is Michael the Archangel
when he is an angel in Heaven; Michael the Archangel is Jesus Christ when he is
a man on Earth. We will look at
this more later.)
Another
way of looking at this duality is that of Private versus Public activity. The Private activity corresponds to the
Day-Cycle, the Ego-driven cycle, where each private individual is allowed to
pursue his/her fortune at the expense of everything else. The Public activity corresponds to the
Night-Cycle, when the Private Enterprise (the male private parts, in keeping
with the earlier metaphor of the Circle and the CircleÕs Diameter) is
re-absorbed back in to the whole.
During the Public activity phase, the individual is often not allowed to
pursue private dreams, as the survival of the whole is put to the test. Wars, financial crises, political and
social dislocation, are often a part of this picture.
During
the Day-Cycle, the emphasis is upon the Private Sector providing opportunities
for citizens. During the
Night-Cycle, the emphasis shifts to the Public Sector. (Some Business Culture voices claim
that the Public Sector causes the economic depression. This is pretty clearly not so. As we can see in our most recent and continuing financial
debacle, excesses of the Business Culture have brought the economy to its
knees. This was also true in
1929. The Public Sector Culture
(liberalism) tries to respond to the condition in which it finds itself. Simply cheerleading Business will not
work; lowering interest rates will not work, especially when citizens are
already over-leveraged and worried about bankruptcy and loss of jobs. Hunkering down, saving money,
self-protection, becomes the order of the day.
I
am aware of the paradox of this private-public dichotomy. During the Day-Cycle, the private man
works in the public sphere (the external world); and during the Night-Cycle,
the public man works in the private sphere (the internal world). During the Day-Cycle, the public man
appears from his house to perform rituals of social service and exploitation;
during the Night-Cycle, the pubic man disappears back in to his private
residence in order to refresh himself from the stress of his public life. As he dreams he journeys back into his
dream world, which is, paradoxically, both private (composed of individual
wishes and fears) and public at the same time (when viewed as JungÕs Collective
Unconscious).
JungÕs
Self is a
paradox, a unity of opposites. So
we should not be surprised to see this paradox being the primary law of
nature. Splitting the whole into
parts precedes and defines the process of incarnation and life; fusing the
parts into the whole again defines the process of pralaya, the period of rest subsequent and
precedent to incarnation or Day-Cycle activity.
This is why economic protectionism
is inevitable. Historians argue that protectionism
caused the Great Depression in the 1930Õs. This notion is silly.
Protectionism is not a cause but an effect. The contraction causes world concerns to shrink back to the local. Each nation begins to put its own
citizens first, instead of just its business executives. Globalism (the expansion of
capitalismÕs open markets) becomes moot.
Open markets shrink back toward the center – this is what
contraction means. Competition
between nations for economic survival generates animosities and conflicts that
often lead to outright warfare.
Does
protectionism makes the situation worse?
Perhaps. Perhaps that is
the wrong question to ask. Perhaps
we should ask if the recovery of the deflated Ego of the culture is possible
without a phase of protectionism.
If the life-instinct is dependent upon a threat to life in order to
experience resurrection, then perhaps nationalism/protectionism cannot be avoided,
even if it does a disservice to the profits of multi-national corporations in
the short-term. We will look at
this phenomenon more completely later when we devote a chapter to the process
of protectionism. We will also
note that the term ÔRomantic NationalismÕ, used to describe a kind of art
movement in Eighteenth Century Europe, also describes an historical process as
the Tree of Life moves back toward its folk-component, its soil, and its
roots. As the world becomes
increasingly dark, it also becomes increasingly ÔnationalÕ as opposed to ÔinternationalÕ
during the periods of enlightenment.
The
worship of wealth (which is a form of body-worship) is not the only value that
defines a culture and a people.
What really defines a people is how they respond to adversity, much more
than how they respond to prosperity.
In one sense we have already looked
at a microcosmic scale of this organic whole in historical manifestation. The Renaissance is the Spring; the
Empire is the Summer; the Fall is the Autumn; and Rebirth of the Sun Hero is
the Winter. In any historical
analysis, we should look for these symbols as being clues to the time-position
of the historical manifestation.
In
European (Roman) history, the Renaissance was clearly marked by the city-states
of Italy: such historical figures of Michalengelo, Leonardo, Dante, Vico,
Botticelli, the Medici, all mark this time as the time of Spring and rebirth.
We look for some form of political
tyranny at Noon, absolute power wielded in the name of Empire. Napoleon comes to mind immediately. We know that there are cycles within
cycles (Hitler appears as a German Noon-Symbol as well.) At Noon there is no shadow. (ÔItÕs all good.Õ) In other words, the shadow has been
beaten down so badly as to appear almost non-existent. The loyal opposition has essentially
come to agree with the masculine force of will so much so that there appears to
be absolute unity in the country.
(Or the opposition has been killed, driven underground, or driven into
exile.)
The
Noon is also a time of the tyranny of ideas, with Science being at its highest
arc in the circle. Social
Darwinism was emblematic of this tyranny of an idea: Ôthe survival of the
fittestÕ, the implication being that the people on top were the most skilled
and most talented, the fittest of the human species, while those on the bottom
were considered expendable failures of the human species. It is a short jump from this to the
fascist racism which put white Aryans as the super-race or yellow Japanese as
the direct descendants of the Sun-King, destined by the gods to ruthlessly
dominate life on Earth.
Noon
represents the apex of the expansion of the self-made man.
When we think of the Romantics of
Europe, many names come up: Goethe, Beethoven, Nietzsche, Lord Byron, William
Blake, Goya, Delacroix, Schubert, Liszt, Wagner, Turner, Constable, Friedrich,
Shelley, Keats, Coleridge, Schiller, Novalis, Delacoix, Hugo. One thinks of Caspar David FriedrichÕs
ÔWanderer Above the Sea of FogÕ is a symbol of this anti-heroic retreat from
society, retreat into the subjective.
There is a well-dressed (urban) man standing on a high peak, alone, in
Nature, contemplating other high peaks.

The subject in the painting is
essentially turning his back on man, on manÕs creations, on the city, now
viewed as corrupt beyond repair.
He is going back to Nature.
He is turning his back on human society and on objectivity, returning to
the subjective reality, the dream, and the God hidden in the dream, in the
soul.
The
Hero protects clean and helpless society from the dangers of diabolical and
criminal forces of nature. The
Anti-Hero turns against an unclean, corrupting society, choosing the dangers of
a life of solitary wandering as superior to the life of greed, decay and human
decadence which the city has come to represent to the Anti-Hero. The Anti-Hero demonizes man and the
city, idealizes Nature and the Primitive Life, much as the Hero demonizes
Nature and idealizes man and manÕs power to create. These two forces are essentially the same, but at a different
time, and with a different perspective.
The Dawn is pure and fresh, the light of illumination becoming more
golden as it rises up out of the dark womb, Nature. The Dusk is dark, cold, jaded, used-up, the light of
illumination becoming more saturnine as it sinks into the dark womb,
Nature. (Many historians speak of
the Romantic Era as the Counter-Enlightenment, a period of reaction against the
age of deductive reasoning (Science), during which the ÔfeminineÕ
mind-qualities of intuition, feeling, and imagination are once again discovered
and elevated, having been demonized or ridicules during the period of masculine
scientific will, or Enlightenment.)
The
Hero at Dawn believes in the objective world, which comes more and more in to
view as the Day expands. The
Anti-Hero at Dusk believes in the subjective world, which comes more and more
in to view as the Night expands (as the Day contracts).
Midnight,
of course, is the time of Jesus Christ in Europe. From the cradle of the Moon, Jesus rises up out of the
darkest night, becoming the Renaissance Man, Michaelangelo, becoming the
Empiricist tyrant, Julius Caesar, becoming the Romantic ÔSturm un DrangÕ Rebel,
Goethe, then re-becoming himself, the Scapegoat in Capricorn, the New Sun born
in Capricorn, in the endless cycle, endlessly turning.
The implication here, apparently, is
that the 2 becomes 4. This is a
complication of the picture, at least in one sense. We have largely been talking about two forces in
opposition. But these two forces
are also dual, each with a dominant nature and each with its own shadow. We know these dominant natures as the
circle and the circleÕs diameter, the Darkness and the Manifested Light, the
Feminine and the Masculine, the Womb and the Penis, the Zero and the One. But each force casts a shadow, each has
a nature it keeps in the background, suppresses, attempts to diminish.
(This
complication may seem to be an unnecessary digression here. But, since the idea of the Shadow
implies a dominant principle, which implies a subordinate principle, a dominant
principle that receives more light (and has a more substantial body,
technology, of course, being an extension of the body), the idea of race is
inherent in this concept. Race is
an integral part of American history, as it is of world history. And clearly race is something that must
be addressed as we speak about historyÕs sins and historyÕs redemptions. Also, with the apparent risings of
fundamental Islam (I believe that is a redundancy at present) also raises
issues of substance/shadow that will manifest and is manifesting on the
historical stage today in a very dramatic fashion. It might be interesting to look at the Muslim phenomenon
through this lens also, which we will do later.)
We re-begin, geometrically-speaking,
in the Sea of Primordial Darkness, Night, Pralaya; then, at the appointed time, the
1, the Seed of Light, the Universe, appears and begins to expand. The 1 divides into 2 (Demiurgos). The 2, in opposition and cooperation
(the paradox) create the 3 (the triangle), which, in reflecting itself in the
world below, creates the 4 (the square).

This square is the essence of these
two sets of opposites and their shadows, for the masculine force and its shadow
are the Vertical Force (North and South), while the feminine force and its
shadow are the Horizontal Force (East and West). Thus the cross is born, or illuminated, in its essence, as a
totality.

(This diagram is drawn from the
perspective of the West. I do not
believe that the sun actually rises in the west and sets in the east. It is intended to represent a set of
ideas focused in Western history only.
The Southern perspective is the exact reverse of the Northern
perspective. The Eastern
perspective is the mirror image of the Western.)
The
NorthÕs shadow is the South; the SouthÕs shadow is the North. The WestÕs shadow is the East; the
EastÕs shadow is the West. (We
must remember that the Sun, in its Day-Cycle, journeys East to West; and,,
during its Night-Cycle, journeys West to East – in a boat or casket on
the water. Hence, the myths of
Nuah and Noah and Dagon and Gilgamesh and Osiris and Deucalion and Vaivasvata
Manu and Jaik-Khan and Kezer-Tshingis and Lif and Noj and Pairekse and
Schal-Jime and Utnapishtim all relater to the Flood, when the world is
swallowed by Water or Darkness and the Night-Journey begins.)
These
dynamisms make up the World Lotus in Eastern religious philosophy; and the Rosy
Cross in Western religious thought.

In mythology, the Four Directions
and Four Seasons are connected with the Four Elements (Air, Fire, Water and
Earth), the Four Archangels, the Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse, the Four
Rivers in Paradise, the Tetragrammaton (the Four Parts of the Sacred Names of
Jehovah, YHVH), the Four Worlds of KabbalismÉ.all refer to material totality
and solidity, completeness.
It is a short step, graphically
speaking, from this rendering of the Ôfour principles of natureÕ to a much more
modern (scientific) rendering of the same principles, with added secondary
directions of Northwest, Northeast, Southeast and Southwest, a floral octagon
structure.

In much the same way that the oak
tree is implicit in the acorn, it might also be true that the planet (and the
planetary life) is, itself, implicit in the material seed, the atom.

By the same token, the solar system may also be implicit in the atom, as
prototypes repeat through large and small scales, and scales in-between.

CHAPTER SEVEN.
A LITERARY DIGRESSION
(Numbers and Structure in the Microcosm Seen
Through the Lens of MelvilleÕs Moby-Dick)
In his masterpiece MelvilleÕs
Moby-Dick – An American Nekyia, Edward Edinger writes about the symbolism of numbers, that
reflect on the above, and also on what we wrote earlier about the ÔThree Steps
of VishnuÕ. Edinger writes in
Chapter 14, ÔThe Pact With the DevilÕ:
As the Pequod approaches the
cruising ground where it is expected Moby-Dick will be found, Ahab has the blacksmith
make him a special harpoon of the hardest steel to use against the white
whale. For the final tempering,
Ahab asks [his special] three harpooners for some of their blood, and into this
he plunges the heated barbs:
ÔEgo non baptizo te ill nominee
patris, sed in nominee diaboli! [I
baptize you not in the name of the father but in the name of the devil],Õ
deliciously howled Ahab, as the malignant iron scorchingly devoured the
baptismal blood. [p. 532, chapter
113)
This ritual confirms what has been
suspected all along, that AhabÕs pact with Fedallah is a pact with the
devil. First of all, we note that
Ahab does not use the full formula of Christian baptism. The complete ritual statement is ÔI
baptize you in the name of the Father and the Son and the Holy Spirit.Õ Ahab omits the reference to the son and
the Holy Spirit. This suggests
that his psychological state corresponds symbolically to the pre-Christian
period. AhabÕs image of deity is
the Old Testament Yahweh.
The
Christian trinity of Father, Son and Holy Spirit is one of many threefold
images symbolizing the developmental stage of psychic growth. The first three numbers have important
psychological symbolism. Number
one, as the first and original number, is not, strictly speaking, a number at
all. One, us unity and totality,
exists prior to the awareness of numbers, which requires a capacity to
distinguish between separate, discrete entities. Thus, one corresponds symbolically to the original state of
wholeness prior to creation and the separation of things.
Two
is the first real number, since with it is born the possibility of
discriminating one thing from another.
Two symbolizes the act of creation, the emergence of the ego from the
original state of unity. Two
causes opposition; it represents a state of conflict. Three, however, is the sum of one and two, and unites them
both within itself. It is the
reconciling symbol that resolves the conflict state of two.
The
three terms in the Christian trinity, considered as phases of psychic
development, can be equated with the symbolical meanings of numbers one, two
and three just presented. The Age
of the Father (one) is the state of original oneness with life, without doubt
or doubleness of mind. The Age of
the Son (two) is a state of inner conflict in which the ego is separated from
its original ground of being. It
is a state of alienation which longs for redemption or salvation. The Age of the Holy Spirit (three) is
the stage of reconciliation. The
opposites Father and Son have been connected by a third, the Holy spirit, which
provides reciprocal communication and a release from the irreconcilable
conflict of opposites in stage two.
Ahab
omits the Trinitarian formula of baptism because it does not correspond to his
psychological state. He is in
stage two, the state of conflict and alienation. He experiences himself as the Son of the Father who can
maintain his identity only through defiance, by insisting that two exist, not
just one. Like Job, Ahab is
rebelling against the Age of the Father.
EdingerÕs insights also take in the
notion of the number 4.
The
monomaniacal patriarchal figure of Moby-Dick is Ahab, the damaged and damned
captain of the Pequod, a man who has lost one leg to Moby-Dick, the Great White
Whale, and who has had his face, indeed his entire body, nearly cut in half
during hand-to-hand combat with the monster – he has a long scar that
neatly divides the left half of his face from the right half, in fact divides
his body in half. Ahab is the
titan, the giant, who is divided against himself. AhabÕs holy quest, and the whole purpose of his life now, is
revenge on Moby-Dick. Moby-Dick
represents to Ahab all the darkness in the world, all the madness of the world,
all the violence of Nature and all the malevolence God had thrust upon
Humanity, in the form of its mortality.
Ô[Ahab] piled upon the whale's white hump the sum of all the general
rage and hate felt by his whole race from Adam downÉÕ
The
soul element of Moby-Dick is the Son-aspect of the novel, Ishmael, who has taken his
place on the Pequod out of boredom, alienation from city-life, and out of a
longing for adventure.
In
fact, Ahab is the Father-Figure who has risen from the balance, the Dawn, out
of the ocean of non-being, to become the tyrannical Force of the King at Noon,
the man divided against himself and also divided against the world, the builder
of the Tower of Babel. Ishmael is
the Son, the Dusk, the Anti-Hero, who has turned his back on the city, on
civilization, and, ultimately, turned against the rule of the White Man, the
emblem of this rule being Ahab, his symbolic father.
The whale-boat captain is an emblem
of a guardian of civilization.
Sperm oil from the whale lit the lanterns in the West during the 19th
Century, generating the light that defeated the darkness of Night. Ahab, in a symbolic sense, is a
protector of civilization. He
fights the dark monsters of the primordial ocean in deadly battle, with very
real consequences, loss of limb and life, in order that the women and children
on land (in the cities) can live with more comfort, and less fear during the
Night.
Ishmael
is the son in rebellion against civilization, in rebellion against the father
figure. Ishmael is on the Pequod
almost by accident. He has
stumbled in to AhabÕs circle, without understanding the grimly serious nature
of AhabÕs quest.
Ishmael,
on the first night of his adventure, shares a bed with Queequeg, a huge
terrifying primordial dark-skinned ÔsavageÕ, with tattoos all over his
body. A pagan; a devil, in the
eyes of most Christians at the time.
Jung
writes, as if describing Ishmael (and as if describing the Romantic Anti-Hero
as a class, the Autumn Middle-Age types, who turn their backs on the orthodox
rules of the city and civilization):
There have always been people who,
not satisfied with the dominants of conscious life, set forth – under
cover and by devious routes, to their destruction or salvation – to seek
direct experience of the eternal roots, and, following the lure of the restless
unconscious psyche, find themselves in the wilderness where, like Jesus, they
come up against the son of darknessÉ Thus an old alchemist prays: ÔPurge the
horrible darkness of our mind, light a light for our senses.Õ The author of this sentence must have
been undergoing the experience of nigredo, the first stage of the work, which was felt as
ÔmelancholyÕ in alchemy and corresponds to the encounter with the shadow in
psychology.
Queequeg is IshmaelÕs shadow. Ishmael is the West; Queequeg is the
East. Ishmael is Civilization;
Queequeg is Nature. Ishmael is
alienated Consciousness; Queequeg is the original unconscious state, at home in
Nature, at home with lifeÕs paradoxes.
Queequeg is the dark ÔNatural ManÕ, the shadow the white man both fears
and admires, both despises and secretly envies.
Edinger
writes:
Ishmael first meets the savage
harpooner in chapter 3 and is frightened by the alien appearance, his strangely
tattooed skin and his pagan religious ritual. He is the very opposite of IsmaelÕs civilized, Christian
consciousness. Characteristically, Ishmael expects to be attacked by
Queequeg. The ego usually assumes
the shadow has a hostile intent.
This is a projection. The
ego feels hostile toward the shadow and expects hostility in return, which,
under the circumstances, is quite likely.
As a rule, the unconscious shows the ego the same face that the ego
shows to itÉ.
After
sharing QueequegÕs bed for the night, Ishmael reawakens next morning in the
heavy embrace of the dark manÕs arms, ÔThis arm of his tattooed all over with
an interminable Cretan labyrinth of a figureÉÕ Later this same association with the labyrinth of the
Minotaur in the myth of Theseus appears in a description of the [inside of the]
whale, Ôsupplied with a remarkable involved Cretan labyrinth of vermicelli-like
vesselsÉÕ
One thinks immediately of the
biblical story of Jonah, who was swallowed by a whale, and who lived inside the
whale for three days, before being safely deposited on land again, after a
period of death-instruction, or pralaya.
It is my thesis that AmericaÕs (America being an emblem of the Sun-Hero)
fall from power through the recently-begun financial collapse is essentially
entering the whale again, and must undergo an initiation into death, into the
images of failure, self-hate, self-reproach, very similar to the biblical
imprisonment of Jonah in the belly (lower regions) of the whale (the king of
the ocean). We will remember that
Jonah was commanded by God to preach the end of the world to a corrupt Ninevah,
a command Jonah feared and attempted to escape, by sea. Jonah, on-board his own version of the
Pequod, was thrown overboard when the crew considered him a pariah; he was then
swallowed by the whale and initiated into the secrets of GodÕs laws.
America,
too, will be initiated into the secrets of GodÕs laws, as will the whole
world. We remember the biblical
doctrine: ÔIt is easier for a camel to pass through the eye of a needle than
for a rich man to pass into heaven.Õ
A rich society has no need of God.
A rich society is God, is bigger than God; and this leads to the sin of pride, which
leads to the fall, which leads to the re-discovery of God. A man must be small to pass through the
eye of a needle.
We
will find, also, that the Night-Cycle world we are entering is like a
labyrinth, a structure in which only a small extent can be seen at any one
time. During the Day, the eyes can
see for miles. But during the Night,
the eyes become much less useful.
Vision is reduced dramatically.
The labyrinth implies a prison for the senses, an experience of loss,
many stops and many false starts, a reality for which a map is needed in order
to ensure progress. Metascience,
of course, religious, scriptural writing, the symbolic language, is the map tht has been prepared for
humanity to help them survive the test of the labyrinth, which is built in to
the system as the Night-Cycle experience, the experience that re-awakens the
presence of God is society.
Edinger
continues:
The labyrinth or the maze is a
symbol of the unconscious, particularly its dangerous aspect, which threatens
confusion and disorientation.
Theseus could dare to enter it only with the orientation of AriadneÕs
helpful thread. Ariadne is an
anima figure; her thread signifies a connecting link between the ego (Theseus)
and the anima, or feeling life. In
the Cretan labyrinth lived a masculine monster, the Minotaur, representing
undifferentiated male instinctuality.
The myth suggests that one may dare to confront oneÕs unregenerate lust
and power urge only when holding on to the guiding thread [Sutratma in
Hinduism] of human feeling-relatedness, which gives orientation and prevents
dismemberment and dissolution in the chaos of instinctive drives. If Queequeg is the labyrinth, he is
also an Ariadne. As we shall see
shortly, he evokes in Ishmael a capacity for love and human feeling, which will
redeem him, and, ultimately, save him from the catastrophe of the PequodÕs
voyage.
So
Queequeg, the primitive, is IshmaelÕs shadow; but he is more than a personal
shadow; hhis roots go deep. He is
a piece of primeval nature itself, a personification of thee original Whole Man
[Adam Kadmon] at home with nature and himself. A close, indeed, inseparable relationship quickly develops
between Ishmael and Queequeg. This
is the theme of the primitive brother or friend, the heroÕs necessary
counterpart, who provides [the hero] with a certain balance. For instance, in the Epic of Gilgamesh,
the dark brother Enkidu helps the hero to overcome the cosmic bull.
The
wholeness Queequeg embodies is alluded to by the fact that he has black squares
[the four] tattooed on his body and that his mark is the Maltese cross [the
four]. Many other descriptive
passages about Queequeg indicate this wholeness. He had a Ôcertain lofty bearingÕ and Ôlooked like a man who
had never had a creditorÕÉ.
Queequeg is the Ônoble savageÕ. Ishmael speaks about Queequeg:
Savages are strange beings; at times you do not know
exactly how to take them. At first
they are overawing; their calm self-collectedness of simplicity seems a
Socratic wisdom. I had noticed
also that Queequeg never consorted at all, or but very little, with the other
seamen in the inn. He made no
advances whatever; appeared to have no desire to enlarge the circle of his acquaintances. All this struck me as mighty singular;
yet, upon second thoughts, there was something almost sublime in it. Here was a man some twenty thousand
miles from home, by the way of Cape Horn, that is --which was the only way he
could get there --thrown among people as strange to him as though he were in
the planet Jupiter; and yet he seemed entirely at his ease; preserving the
utmost serenity; content with his own companionship; always equal to
himself. Surely this was a touch
of fine philosophy; though no doubt he had never heard there was such a thing
as that. But, perhaps, to be true
philosophers, we mortals should not be conscious of so living or so
striving. So soon as I hear that
such or such a man gives himself out for a philosopher, I conclude that, like
the dyspeptic old woman, he must have broken his digester. As I sat there in that now lonely room;
the fire burning low, in that mild stage when, after its first
intensity has warmed the air, it then only glows to be
looked at; the evening shades and phantoms gathering round the casements, and
peering in upon us silent, solitary twain; the storm booming without in solemn
swells; I began to be sensible of strange feelings. I felt a melting in me. No more my splintered heart and maddened hand were turned
against the wolfish world. This
soothing savage had redeemed it.
There he sat, his very
indifference speaking a nature in which there lurked
no civilized hypocrisies and bland deceits. Wild he was; a very sight of sights to see; yet I began to
feel myself mysteriously drawn towards him. And those same things that would have repelled most others,
they were the very magnets that thus drew me. I'll try a pagan friend, thought I, since Christian kindness
has proved but hollow courtesy. I
drew my bench near him, and made some friendly signs and hints, doing my best
to talk with him meanwhileÉ.
As Edinger points out, Ishmael is saved from his sense
of isolation and shame by his association with Queequeg. Edinger writes: ÔIshmael has been redeemed
from his initial state of alienation through his encounter with Queequeg, who
is a composite of Shadow and Self.
The [alchemical] ÔmeltingÕ within [Ishmael] indicates that a
reconnection with the Self is accompanied by an awakened capacity to love.Õ
We
know a few things about Queequeg: he is the native of a primitive south sea
island, the son of a king, a royal man who risked his life to cross a great
ocean to visit the West and see first-hand the glories of civilization.
Queequeg
needs the civilization that Ishmael rejects.
Edinger
writes:
[QueequegÕs] urgent need to make contact with
civilization is important. It
represents the striving of the shadow for consciousness. QueequegÕs heroic efforts to go to sea
[he stowed away on a visiting whaleboat, resisted threats to throw him
overboard, pleaded with the captain for a chance to visit Christendom] and
learn about the white manÕs civilization is a movement in the unconscious
reciprocal to the depressive escapism which sent Ishmael to sea. It is as though Ego and Shadow were
running toward each other from their appointed positions. Ishmael leaves his sterile life on
land, Queequeg leaves his primitive, unconscious island paradise, each in
search of the other.
The
ShadowÕs striving for admission to consciousness is a common theme in
psychotherapy. It is often
represented in dreams by primitive or uncouth figures who are attempting to
break into a house. Such dreams,
like QueequegÕs urge to visit civilization, indicate the shadowÕs urge to participate
and realize itself in consciousness.
The Shadow carries aspects of the personality rejected by the Ego
because they do not fit its ideal self-image. The Shadow is, thus, branded as inferior and
unacceptable. At a certain point
in development, psychological growth cannot proceed until this attitude is
change, and the Shadow is welcomed in to consciousness. Queequeg must leave his unconscious
paradise isle and be accepted at the conscious level if the capacities he
represents are to be realized in actual life.
The electoral victory of Barak Obama, for many
reasons, but for this reason also, marks a victory in the psychic struggle in
America for wholeness, for healing, after many centuries of racial warfare, and
of a divided psychic nature – the American political process has opened
up enough to allow the Shadow full participation in the mechanism of
civilization. Of course, there
remain many elements of white-only conservatism that want, again, to exile the
Shadow back to the bottom of the society.
Fundamental Christianity, which connects dark skin with dark virtue
(evil), another half truth, prepares always for a regeneration of a religious
hierarchical order placing the white race in heaven – the northern
hemisphere -- (and in control of Earthly society) and the black race in
hell --the southern
hemisphere.
Edinger
continues:
It is by no means easy to accept the Shadow. It usually involves facing oneÕs most
serious weaknesses and fears. It
is commonly thought that the acceptance of a weakness gives it a reality that
it would not otherwise have. The
Ego operates on the false assumption that it can decide which aspects fot he
psyche may be permitted existence.
Acceptance of a weakness is equated with the condoning of it; that is,
the Ego acts as a judge which approves or condemns various wholeness of the
personality. This is the
repressive attitude which split the original wholeness of the psyche and
created the Shadow in the first place.
However, for the adult, the psyche, in all its aspects, is a given
fact. Since it exists and has its
effects, whether consciously accepted or not, it is greatly to the individualÕs
advantage to be conscious rather than unconscious of his or her own reality.
After
Ishmael gets over his initial horror at the prospect of sleeping with a savage,
he sees Queequeg chiefly in positive terms. This is commonly the effect of facing the Shadow; it turns
positive, at least in part. In
addition, Ishmael represents an Ego which is acutely ware of its own inadequacies. In such a case, much of the potential
strength of the personality sinks into the unconscious, where it is carried by
the Shadow, making this figure more positive. We then speak of a Positive Shadow. Queequeg is such a Positive Shadow,
carrying major strength and assets as yet unrealized by consciousness. His positive character is particularly
evident in the prominent masculine attributes he embodies [and which Ishmael
lacks]. In contrast to Ishmael,
who is moody, depressive and subject to regressive tendencies, Queequeg is full
of strength, dignity and purposefulness, a harpooner who has his harpoon with
him constantly: ÔThat barbed iron was in lieu of a scepter nowÉÕ
The
harpoon, as a variant of the spear [and scepter], belongs to the whole body of
masculine libido symbols – sword, arrow, ray, phallus, staff, torch,
etc. Those images all refer to the
masculine principle which, on the instinctive level, is manifested by
aggressive, self-asserting power and, on the psychological level, by initiative,
disciplined purposefulness, penetrating, discriminating rationality, and the
clarifying, creative power of the Logos.
The figure of Queequeg carries these capacities in a primitive,
undifferentiated form.
Ishmael is the West traveling to the
East; Queequeg is the East traveling to the West. Ishmael is seeking to become Primitive and Whole again, in
Nature; Queequeg is seeking to become a man of civilization, a man of the City,
a man of Light and Reason.
Ahab
also has a Shadow. His name is
Fedallah. Ahab is High Noon, a man
of Law, fighting the outlaw nature of the White Whale. No one on the Pequod can stand up to
Ahab. AhabÕs Shadow is not even
seen at first, because he is kept hidden in the Pequod until the boat has
sailed and the calling has been announced and clarified.
I have written that Alan Greenspan
is AmericaÕs most recent Ahab, and that his ÔsinÕ is his inflated nature, his
pride: he came to believe that he was God. Therefore he was setting himself up to be overthrown by God,
thrown out of Eden (he ate the forbidden fruit so that he could become as
powerful as God), cast into death and darkness and labor (ÔlaborÕ, in this
instance, constituting at least a dual meaning: work and a symbolic maternal pain of
re-birth).
Alan
Greenspan is not the only Ahab in America at this moment. But he was the leader (in many ways
more a leader, longer, than George Bush) of the expanding Ego in America, the
inflated state of America. His
nickname Ôthe MaestroÕ indicates the level to which his Ego had been elevated
by friends and colleagues. The
Maestro. The Genius. The Fuhrer. The Man Without a Shadow. The Man Who Walks On Water. The Sun-King.
The Magnificent. With his
staff, the Sceptre, the new Pope of modern global capitalism, King Alan, brought
wealth and health and happiness to common people all over the globe. With his finger on the magic button, he
could expand or contract the world economy at will, simply by inflation or
deflating the wonderful Credit Machine (note: he did much more inflating than
he did deflating). He was a
mountain of a man. A man from the
mountain.
And,
like Ahab, none of his crew on the Pequod questioned his judgment, even those
who tacitly understood that his policies would lead to the eventual destruction
of the Pequod, of home and hearth, of city and industry.
As the death-voyage begins, Ahab
appears with his officers and crew on the deck of the Pequod, and hammers a
gold coin, a doubloon, to the main mast and announces that the first crew-member
to sight Moby-Dick will receive the coin as a reward. The coin, a circle, represents the whale, the Self, the
Earth, and the Zodiac in the heavens above, connecting Ahab to God and to the
Devil through the White Whale.
Edinger
writes:
The circular golden doubloon is a
mandala, and, hence, an image of the Self. It is stated that the doubloon is Ôthe white whaleÕs
talismanÕ, thereby establishing an organic connection between the symbolic
meaning of the coin and that of the whale. This provides added evidence for the conclusion previously
reached that the white whale is a symbol of the SelfÉ. On the coin is seen:
the likeness of three AndesÕ
summits; from one a flame; a tower on another; on the third a crowing cock;
while arching over all was a segment of the partitioned zodiac; the signs all
marked with their usual cabalistics, and the keystone sun entering the
equinoctial point at LibraÉ
Libra, of course, marks IshmaelÕs
point on the Wheel of Life, the Autumn, and the first point in the Underwater
journey, from which point the dark quarter of the Winter is begun to be
experienced. Libra is the balance;
but the balance is about to be lost, plunging the entire crew of the Pequod
into the confrontation with NatureÕs darkness. Officers and mates and crew approach the coin, consider it,
and illustrate their own reaction to the talisman and to the God the object
represents symbolically.
Edinger
writes:
The zodiac is, itself, a mandala
Self-image projected on the heavens
and divided into the twelve archetypal zones or houses. Within this zodiacal circle on the coin
there are three mountains.
Mountains have always represented the abode of the sky or spirit gods,
and the place where man and God meet [Moses on Sinai, for instance]. The Cosmic Mountain occupies the Center
of the world, and, hence, is called the World Navel. The number three suggests the masculine trinity; and the
other images reinforce the masculine emphasis: Fire, tower, cock and sun are
all alternative expressions of the masculine spirit principle.
First
to approach the coin is Ahab, who says:
There's something ever egotistical in mountain-tops
and towers, and all other grand and lofty things; look here, -- three peaks as
proud as Lucifer. The firm tower,
that is Ahab; the volcano, that is Ahab; the courageous, the undaunted, and
victorious fowl, that, too, is Ahab; all are Ahab; and this round gold is but
the image of the rounder globe, which, like a magician's glass, to each and
every man in turn but mirrors back his own mysterious self. Great pains, small gains for those who
ask the world to solve them; it cannot solve itself. Methinks now this coined sun wears a ruddy face; but see! aye, he enters the sign of storms, the
equinox! and but six months before
he wheeled out of a former equinox at Aries! From storm to storm!
So be it, then. Born in
throes, 't is fit that man should live in pains and die in pangs! So be it, then! Here's stout stuff for woe to work
on. So be it, then.
If we did not already know it, AhabÕs inflation would
not stand revealed. [ÔIÕd strike
the sun if it insulted me!Õ] He
identifies himself with the three proud mountain peaks; the Ego is identified
with the Self [the man believes he is God]. Such a psychic condition is, indeed, a stormy one; and, so,
Ahab sees the storms to come.
Birth pangs and death pains Ahab associates with our
Middle Ages – the astrological signs of Aries and Libra (the Ôtime of
stormsÕ) – Dawn and Dusk – Spring and Autumn.
We
will look more closely later at the significance of the Tower (and of the Twin
Towers), as a symbol of Ego Inflation, Civilization, and the insinuated decline
of a civilization.
Ahab also has a shadow. But this Ahab-Fedallah unity is not the Positive Shadow, as in the case of the
Ishmael-Queequeg unity. Judging
from his name, FedÕallah is a Muslim.
Dorothee Metlitsky Finkelstein writes in MelvilleÕs Orienda that the name Fedallah is an Islamic compound from Feda, ÔsacrificeÕ, or ÔransomÕ and Allah, ÔGodÕ.
Fedallah, thus, means Ôthe sacrifice of GodÕ
Edinger
shows that the cognate term Fedai
means Ôhe who offers up his lifeÕ.
Fedai refers to a medieval
sect of Islamic mystics who were also called the ÔAssassinsÕ. Edinger writes:
These were avenging ministers or
destroying angels of God who were pledged to commit murder in the service of
Allah. The word ÔassassinÕ derives
from ÔhashishÕ, or ÔhempÕ, the source of marijuana, and was applied to these
religious killers because they consumed hashish in order to induce an ecstatic
state of communion with the deity.
These connections are most interesting in the light of FedallahÕs
prophecy to Ahab that Ôhemp only can kill theeÉÕ
FedallahÕs
name, thus, suggests that he is the avenging agent of God, FateÕs assassin,
sent to punish Ahab for his hubris.
The weapon of assassination is hemp or hashish, which causes
intoxication and loss of reason.
While it is not the hemp of hashish
that ultimately kills Ahab – nor is it the hemp of the hangmanÕs noose,
which Ahab ultimately fears – this hashish allusion is, indeed, food for
thought, especially when considering the Romantic Counter-CultureÕs love of
hashish (the Dusk-Force) and its role in the temporal destruction of the Ôhouse
that the father builtÕ.
Finkelstein writes of the Fedai:
The Fedais or assassins were sent to
all parts of the world on missions of assassination as a religious duty. They were distinguished by the
determination with which they exposed their lives in order to destroy their
victims, the voyages which they undertook to achieve their purpose, and the
calmness with which they waited for the moment favorable to their design.
Fedallah is a kind of Judas, a
traitor, sent to oversee the crucifixion of Ahab – a kind of Trojan Horse
slipped on to the Pequod during cover of night, manifested onboard only after
the ship has sailed.
As
the horizontal axis (East-West) of the Ishmael-Queequeg unity represents a
humanistic dualism – a polarization of human ideals -- the vertical axis
(North-South) of the Ahab-Fedallah unity represents a religious dualism, the
Christian at one pole and the Muslim at the other. The East-West duality is a smaller, daily cycle. The North-South duality is a much
larger, yearly cycle, a millennial cycle.
(In the classical idiom, there are 360 – or 365 to be more
scientifically, less geometrically, accurate -- East-West duality cycles in
every one North-South duality cycle.)
Fedallah
pretends to be AhabÕs amiable shadow.
In fact, he is present on the Pequod in order to carry out AllahÕs fatwah (death-sentence) on Ahab. There is not a great difference between
assassins like Fedallah who give their lives to assassinate enemies of Islam
and suicide-bombers who do the same today or those who commandeer civilian
planes and fly them into buildings as avenging angels of their GodÕs cry for
vengeance.
Edinger writes:
Unknown to the others, Ahab had
secretly brought on board the Pequod his own whaleboat crew with its leader,
Fedallah. When whales were first sighted
and the boats were being lowered, these strange stowaways suddenly make their
appearance. ÔWith a start all
glared at dark Ahab, who was surrounded by five dusky phantoms that seemed
fresh formed out of air.Õ
Fedallah, their leader, was the most striking one.
The figure that now stood by its
bows was tall and swart, with one white tooth evilly protruding from its
steel-like lips. A rumpled Chinese
jacket of black cotton funereally invested him, with wide black trowsers of the
same dark stuff. But strangely
crowning his ebonness was a glistening white plaited turban, the living hair
braided and coiled round and round upon his head. Less swart in aspect, the companions of this figure were of
that vivid, tiger-yellow complexion peculiar to some of the aboriginal natives
of the Manillas; --a race notorious for a certain diabolism of subtilty, and by
some honest white mariners supposed to be the paid spies and secret
confidential agents on the water of the devil, their lord, whose counting-room
they suppose to be elsewhere.
While yet the wondering ship's company were gazing upon these strangers,
Ahab cried out to the white-turbaned old man at their head, All ready there,
Fedallah? Ready, was the
half-hissed reply. Lower away
then; d'ye hear? shouting across
the deck. Lower away there, I
say. Such was the thunder of his
voice, that spite of their amazement the men sprang over the rail; the sheaves
whirled round in the blocks; with a wallow, the three boats dropped into the
sea; while, with a dexterous, off-handed daring, unknown in any other vocation,
the sailors, goat-like, leaped down the rolling ship's side into the tossed
boats below. Hardly had they pulled out from under
the ship's lee, when a fourth keel, coming from the windward side, pulled round
under the stern, and showed the five strangers rowing Ahab, who, standing erect
in the stern, loudly hailed Starbuck, Stubb, and Flask, to spread themselves
widely, so as to cover a large expanse of water. but with all their eyes again riveted upon the swart
Fedallah and his crew, the inmates of the other boats obeyed not the commandÉ
FedallahÕs hair coils like a snake; he hisses like a snake;
his race is notorious for a certain diabolism of ÔsubtiltyÕÉa characteristic
that also distinguished the biblical Satan. Swart (a word used three times in this passage to describe
Fedallah) means ÔdirtyÕ, ÔblackishÕ, ÔmalignantÕ.
Edinger
writes:
Fedallah is clearly related to the
devil; if he is not the devil himself, at least he is one of his subordinatesÉ. Stubb says of him: ÔI take that
Fedallah to be the devil in disguise.Õ
Although
it is not described with the same clarity, it is evident that AhabÕs relation
to Fedallah has a certain infernal parallel to IshmaelÕs relation to
Queequeg. Just as Ishmael
concluded a pact of eternal friendship with Queequeg, which had its external
symbol in the monkey rope that connected them, so Ahab was in some way bound to
Fedallah:
But be all this as it may, certain
it is that while the subordinate phantoms soon found their place among the
crew, though still as it were somehow distinct from them, yet that
hair-turbaned Fedallah remained a muffled mystery to the last. Whence he came in a mannerly world like
this, by what sort of unaccountable tie he soon evinced himself to be linked
with Ahab's peculiar fortunes; nay, so far as to have some sort of a
half-hinted influence; Heaven knows, but it might have been even authority over
him; all this none knew. But one
cannot sustain an indifferent air concerning Fedallah.
In addition, Fedallah carried for
Ahab something of the same characteristics of primal natural man and original
wholeness, as did Queequeg for Ishmael:
He was such a creature as civilized, domestic people
in the temperate zone only see in their dreams, and that but dimly; but the
like of whom now and then glide among the unchanging Asiatic communities,
especially the Oriental isles to the east of the continent – those
insulated, immemorial, unalterable countries, which even in these modern days
still preserve much of the ghostly aboriginalness of earth's primal
generations, when the memory of the first man was a distinct recollection, and
all men his descendants, unknowing whence he came, eyed each other as real
phantoms, and asked of the sun and the moon why they were created and to what
endÉ
Just as Queequeg revealed his relation to the original
wholeness of the Primordial Self by his square tattoos and his mark, a Maltese
cross, so FedallahÕs similar meaning is indicated by his being associated with the
Ôprimal generationsÕ and with the Ôfirst-manÕ. The image of the primal man, the Anthropos, has been
extensively described by Jung. It
is a symbol of the Self, the integrated whole person. Totality and the union of opposites is also implied by
FedallahÕs clothes, which combine the opposite colors [or non-colors] black and
white. Queequeg and Fedallah,
being part-personalities rooted in the unconscious, both carry intimations of
the primal wholeness. They are the
shadows respectively of Ishmael and Ahab.
This is specifically stated at one point:
And Ahab chanced so to stand, that the Parsee occupied
his shadow; while, if the ParseeÕs shadow was there at all it seemed only to
blend with, and lengthen AhabÕs.
Having noted the correspondences between Queequeg and
Fedallah, we must also mention the differences. In a sense, they are a pair of opposites paralleling the
opposite natures of their corresponding partners, Ishmael and Ahab. Queequeg is largely a positive figure,
embodying strengths and fortitudes that complement the weakness of
Ishmael. He represents the noble
savage. Fedallah, on the other
hand, is the diabolical savage. He
conveys a sense of darkness and evil.
He does not complement AhabÕs conscious sense of heroic strength by
weakness the way QueequegÕs strength complements IshmaelÕs weakness. (That particular shadow function is
reserved by Pip [the tiny half-mad black cabin boy]. However, FedallahÕs evident moral inferiority does
compensate AhabÕs conscious sense of nobility, just as QueequegÕs nobility
compensates IshmaelÕs ignoble escapism.
With
the voyage well under way, we have, then, a pair of mutual assistance pacts,
together making a quaternity.
Ishmael is bound to Queequeg in mutual love; and Ahab is bound to
Fedallah in their mutual quest for vengeance.
Edinger identifies the number 4 with
the four psychic functions of human consciousness. The two primary modes of perception, which are validated by
causality and rational, scientific thinking: (1) thinking; and (2) intution;
and the two modes which have been devalued, or invalidated, by empirical
reasoning: (3) sensation; and (4) feeling.
Edinger
suggests that these four psychic functions are embodied in Ahab and his
officers on the Pequod: Ahab, the captain, represents the dominant function:
Thinking. First Mate Starbuck
represents the auxiliary function: Intuition. Stubb is third in command, the Second Mate, and represents
the Sensation function. Flask is
the Third Mate; he represents the Feeling function.
An
argument can be made, also, that these four psychic functions are embodied in
our four emblems of totality, our earthly cross of axes: Ahab-Fedallah;
Ishmael-Queequeg.
The
human being who is able to manifest this quaternity, to discover in himself all
four psychic functions, assigning none to the habitat of a psychic shadow-land
down under, exhibits wholeness.
Ahab is not interested in wholeness, however. He is not interested in well-adjusted, mundane
existence. This is shown by his
destruction of the shipÕs quadrant near the end of the novel, which also
represents a kind of quaterity of presence in the Now.
A
ship is largely blind without a quadrant.
By using a quadrant (the root of which means Ôthe fourth partÕ),
measuring the elevation of the sun, a seaman can determine a shipÕs current
placement on the earth, existing latitude. Ahab dismissed the usefulness of the quadrant since it can
only tell him where he is now, not where he will be in the future (by implication,
that it works only during the Day, with the Sun, and not during the Night: it
has no ÔmetaphysicalÕ vision).
Surprisingly,
Ahab instructs the quadrant (in one of his many mad soliloquies) that manÕs
view was meant to be horizontal (East-West); that if God had expected man to be
proud, gazing into the heavens – i.e., vertically oriented, a climber) --
he would have put manÕs eyes in the top of his head. In this, Ahab is taking a step toward Ishmael, striking back
at science, striking out at the limits and the isolation of the inflated king,
the king who has climbed the Tree of Knowledge in Eden and who surely, one day,
must fall back toward the earth.
Then
Ahab smashes the quadrant on the shipÕs deck, essentially choosing to be lost
in the heavens, rather than to be ÔknownÕ on earth. Ahab knows he is not coming back.
Foolish toy! babies' plaything of haughty Admirals,
and Commodores, and Captains; the world brags of thee, of thy cunning and
might; but what after all canst thou do, but tell the poor, pitiful point,
where thou thyself happenest to be on this wide planet, and the hand that holds
thee: no! not one jot more! Thou canst not tell where one drop of
water or one grain of sand will be to-morrow noon; and yet with thy impotence
thou insultest the sun!
Science! Curse thee, thou
vain toy; and cursed be all the things that cast man's eyes aloft to that
heaven, whose live vividness but scorches him, as these old eyes are even now
scorched with thy light, O sun!
Level by nature to this earth's horizon are the glances of man's eyes;
not shot from the crown of his head, as if God had meant him to gaze on his
firmament. Curse thee, thou
quadrant! dashing it to the deck,
no longer will I guide my earthly way by thee; the level ship's compass, and
the level dead-reckoning, by log and by line; these shall conduct me, and show
me my place on the sea. Aye,
lighting from the boat to the deck, thus I trample on thee, thou paltry thing
that feebly pointest on high; thus I split and destroy thee!
Ahab consults Fedallah (AhabÕs predeterministic prophet) as
to the parameters of AhabÕs own fate.
Fedallah promises Ahab success in his quest – and this can be read
as a prophecy for America (Ôthe sound like the moaning in squadrons over [Lake]
Asphaltites of unforgiven ghosts of GomorrahÕ):
These last three [dead whales] were
brought alongside ere nightfall; but the windward one could not be reached till
morning; and the boat that had killed it lay by its side all night; and that
boat was Ahab's. The waif-pole was
thrust upright into the dead whale's spout-hole; and the lantern hanging from its top, cast a
troubled flickering glare upon the black, glossy back, and far out upon the
midnight waves, which gently chafed the whale's broad flank, like soft surf
upon a beach.
Ahab
and all his boat's crew seemed asleep but the Parsee [Fedallah]; who crouching
in the bow, sat watching the sharks, that spectrally played round the whale,
and tapped the light cedar planks with their tails. A sound like the moaning in squadrons over Asphaltites of
unforgiven ghosts of Gomorrah, ran shuddering through the air.
Started
from his slumbers, Ahab, face to face, saw the Parsee; and hooped round by the
gloom of the night they seemed the last men in a flooded world. I have dreamed it again, said he. Of the hearses?
Have
I not said, old man, that neither hearse nor coffin can be thine?
And
who are hearsed that die on the sea?
But
I said, old man, that ere thou couldst die on this voyage, two hearses must
verily be seen by thee on the sea; the first not made by mortal hands; and the
visible wood of the last one must be grown in America.
Aye,
aye! a strange sight that, Parsee:
-- a hearse and its plumes floating over the ocean with the waves for the
pall-bearers. Ha! Such a sight we shall not soon
see.
Believe
it or not, thou canst not die till it be seen, old man. And what was that saying about
thyself? Though it come to the
last, I shall still go before thee thy pilot.
And
when thou art so gone before --if that ever befall -- then ere I can follow,
thou must still appear to me, to pilot me still? --Was it not so?
Well, then, did I believe all ye
say, oh my pilot! I have here two
pledges that I shall yet slay Moby Dick and survive it.
Take
another pledge, old man, said the Parsee, as his eyes lighted up like
fire-flies in the gloom, -- Hemp only can kill thee.
The
gallows, ye mean. --I am immortal then, on land and on sea, cried Ahab, with a
laugh of derision; -- Immortal on land and on sea!
Both were silent again, as one man. The grey dawn came on, and the
slumbering crew arose from the boat's bottom, and ere noon the dead whale was
brought to the ship.
Fedallah, as Ahab admits, is AhabÕs
ÔpilotÕ, his leader – is the daemon driving AhabÕs soul. Ahab is the captain, the pilot, of the
Pequod – however Fedallah is the Ôcaptain of AhabÕs soulÕ.
What
is AhabÕs fate? What is FedallahÕs
fate? The fates of each are fused.
Ahab pilots the Pequod to the Ôvery
latitude and longitudeÕ (the cross) at the equator at which point he first saw,
and battled Moby-Dick and lost his leg to the monster. Sighting the whale, the crew of the
Pequod undertakes the fighting of the Great Whale, which fighting continues for
three days. On the first day of
the fighting, Moby-Dick attackÕs AhabÕs harpoon boat and destroys it. On the second day, the harpoon boats
are again lowered; Ahab wounds the Great Whale; but the whale again attacks
AhabÕs harpoon boat. Fedallah is
trapped in the harpoon line, and is dragged overboard to his death in the deep.
Lashed round and round to the fish's
back; pinioned in the turns upon turns in which, during the past night, the
whale had reeled the involutions of the lines around him, the half torn body of
the Parsee was seen; his sable raiment frayed to shreds; his distended eyes
turned full upon old Ahab. The
harpoon dropped from his hand.
Befooled, befooled! --drawing in a long lean breath -- Aye, Parsee! I see thee again. --Aye, and thou goest
before; and this, this then, is the hearse that thou didst promise. But I hold thee to the last letter of
thy word. Where is the second
hearse? Away, mates, to the
ship! those boats are useless now;
repair them if ye can in time, and return to me; if not, Ahab is enough to die
--Down, men! the first thing that
but offers to jump from this boat I stand in, that thing I harpoon.
Moby-Dick, the Great White Whale, is
the first hearse, the only not built by mortal hands. This shall be AhabÕs hearse also, as he joins Fedallah the next
day, carried by the whale into the deepest part of the sea. The whaling ship Pequod shall be the
second hearse, built of American wood.
And the hemp that kills Ahab shall be neither hashish nor the hangmanÕs
cord, but the harpoon rope attached to Moby-Dick which catches Ahab about the
neck and pulls him underwater, to a death similar to Fedallah, coiled about the
body of the whale.
On
the third day of battle (the biblical symbolism of Ôthree daysÕ echoes
throughout the Old and New Testaments), Ahab and his crew again battle the
Great Whale. Moby-Dick, wounded,
turns and attacks the Pequod, staving in the huge whaling ship,sinking the
Pequod in a massive whirlpool, scattering crewman down into the sea.
In
unrelentingly beautiful writing, Melville describes the scene:
From the ship's bows, nearly all the
seamen now hung inactive; hammers, bits of plank, lances, and harpoons,
mechanically retained in their hands, just as they had darted from their
various employments; all their enchanted eyes intent upon the whale, which from
side to side strangely vibrating his predestinating head, sent a broad band of
overspreading semicircular foam before him as he rushed.
Retribution,
swift vengeance, eternal malice were in his whole aspect, and spite of all
that mortal man could do, the solid
white buttress of his forehead smote the ship's starboard bow, till men and
timbers reeled. Some fell flat
upon their faces. Like dislodged
trucks, the heads of the harpooneers aloft shook on their bull-like necks. Through the breach, they heard the
waters pour, as mountain torrents down a flume.
The
ship! The hearse! --the second
hearse! cried Ahab from the boat;
its wood could only be American!
Diving
beneath the settling ship, the whale ran quivering along its keel; but turning
under water, swiftly shot to the surface again, far off the other bow, but
within a few yards of Ahab's boat, where, for a time, he lay quiescent. I turn my body from the sun. What ho, Tashtego! Let me hear thy hammer. Oh! ye three unsurrendered spires of mine; thou uncracked keel;
and only god-bullied hull; thou firm deck, and haughty helm, and Pole-pointed
prow, --death-glorious ship! must
ye then perish, and without me? Am
I cut off from the last fond pride of meanest shipwrecked captains? Oh, lonely death on lonely life! Oh, now I feel my topmost greatness
lies in my topmost grief. Ho, ho! from all your furthest bounds, pour ye
now in, ye bold billows of my whole foregone life, and top this one piled
comber of my death!
Towards
thee I roll, thou all-destroying but unconquering whale; to the last I grapple
with thee; from hell's heart I stab at thee; for hate's sake I spit my last
breath at thee. Sink all coffins
and all hearses to one common pool!
and since neither can be mine, let me then tow to pieces, while still
chasing thee, though tied to thee, thou damned whale! Thus, I give up the spear! The harpoon was darted; the stricken whale flew forward;
with
igniting velocity the line ran
through the groove; --ran foul. Ahab
stooped to clear it; he did clear it; but the flying turn caught him round the
neck, and voicelessly as Turkish mutes bowstring their victim, he was shot out
of the boat, ere the crew knew he was gone. Next instant, the heavy eye-splice in the rope's final end
flew out of the stark-empty tub, knocked down an oarsman, and smiting the sea,
disappeared in its depths. For an
instant,
the tranced boat's crew stood still;
then turned. The ship? Great God, where is the ship? Soon they through dim, bewildering
mediums saw her sidelong fading phantom, as in the gaseous Fata Morgana; only
the uppermost masts out of water; while fixed by infatuation, or fidelity, or
fate, to their once lofty perches, the pagan harpooneers still maintained their
sinking lookouts on the sea.
And
now, concentric circles seized the lone boat itself, and all its crew, and each
floating oar, and every lance-pole, and spinning, animate and inanimate, all
round and round in one vortex, carried the smallest chip of the Pequod out of
sight. But as the last whelmings
intermixingly poured themselves over the sunken head of the Indian at the
mainmast, leaving a few inches of the erect spar yet visible, together with
long streaming yards of the flag, which calmly undulated, with ironical coincidings,
over the destroying billows they almost touched; --at that instant, a red arm
and a hammer hovered backwardly uplifted in the open air, in the act of nailing
the flag faster and yet faster to
the subsiding spar. A sky-hawk
that tauntingly had followed the main-truck downwards from its natural home
among the stars, pecking at the flag, and incommoding Tashtego there; this bird
now chanced to intercept its broad fluttering wing between the hammer and the
wood; and simultaneously feeling that etherial thrill, the submerged savage
beneath, in his death-gasp, kept his hammer frozen there; and so the bird of
heaven, with archangelic shrieks, and his imperial beak thrust upwards, and his
whole captive form folded in the flag of Ahab, went down with his ship, which,
like Satan, would not sink to hell till she had dragged a living part of heaven
along with her, and helmeted herself with it. Now small fowls flew screaming over the yet yawning gulf; a
sullen white surf beat against its steep sides; then all collapsed, and the
great shroud of the sea rolled on as it rolled five thousand years ago.
The rough, theological North-South
alliance/opposition leads to death and sinks both the substance and its shadow
into the deep waters of the Flood.
The Sun-Hero goes down with the boat and begins a protracted journey
through through the underworld which is represented in the Solar Hero myths of
all ancient cultures.
In
a very real sense, Ahab becomes Ishmael, Ishmael becomes Fedallah, Fedallah
becomes Queequeg, and Queequeg becomes Ahab, as the wheel keeps turning, and
Time keeps creating manifestations in line with the Law of Time.
What becomes of the East-West
alliance/opposition, the humanistic duality of Ishmael/Queequeg?
Queequeg,
earlier on the journey, certain of his own death, requests his coffin be
prepared (a third hearse of sorts).
When he recovers, he turns the coffin into his bed, carving primordial
hieroglyphics into the wood of the casket as talismans similar to the tattoos
Queequeg bears on his skin. Later,
when the shipÕs standard-buoy is lost, QueequegÕs coffin is caulked and sealed
with pitch to ensure it will float, and is used as a substitute for the shipÕs
standard-buoy.
When
Moby-Dick rams the Pequod, ship-mates are scattered overboard, all about the
sea; they are all drawn into the PequodÕs spiral death-dance as the ship sinks
out of sight pulling everything and everyone below in the whirlpool. Everyone but Ishmael. Alone among all the crew, Ishmael is
thrown far from the Pequod, avoiding the grave concave centripetal pull of the
dying ship as it goes under.
As
the ship sinks to its southern limits, and all the men of the Pequod with her,
QueequegÕs re-finished coffin (with its magical carved incantations), breaks
free of its tether and pops again to the surface of the sea. Ishmael climbs aboard the coffin and
floats atop the life-buoy, saved by QueequegÕs coffin, upon which he is
discovered a day later by the whaling boat The Rachel.
According to Edinger, the Rachel connects to the biblical passage Jeremiah
31, promising the
Jews a return from exile:
15 Thus says the Lord:
ÒA voice is heard in Ramah,
lamentation and bitter
weeping.
Rachel is weeping for her
children;
she refuses to be comforted for her
children,
because they are no more.Ó
16 Thus says the Lord:
ÒKeep your voice from
weeping,
and your eyes from tears,
for there is a reward for your
work,
Ó
declares the Lord,
Òand they shall come back from the
land of the enemy.
17 There is hope for your future,
Ó
declares the Lord,
Òand your children shall come back
to their own country.Ó
Jeremiah 31 also contains GodÕs promise of a
Ônew covenantÕ, a new ÔchosenÕ status, and a new Day-Cycle expansion.
31 ÒBehold, the days are coming,
declares the Lord, when I will make a new covenant with the house of Israel and
the house of Judah, 32 not like the covenant that I made with their fathers on the
day when I took them by the hand to bring them out of the land of Egypt, my
covenant that they broke, though I was their husband, declares the Lord. 33 But this is the covenant that I will
make with the house of Israel after those days, declares the Lord: I will put
my law within them, and I will write it on their hearts. And I will be their
God, and they shall be my people. 34 And no longer shall each one teach his neighbor and
each his brother, saying, ÔKnow the Lord,Õ for they shall all know me, from the
least of them to the greatest, declares the Lord. For I will forgive their
iniquity, and I will remember their sin no more.Ó
Implicit in surviving the Great
Flood (the great catastrophe or World Destruction) is a status of being
ÔchosenÕ by God for this New Covenant – as the New Sun replacing the Old
Sun and casting Darkness back down into the pit or into the ocean. It is interesting that Ishmael, the
primary narrator of Moby-Dick, is the only person to survive this specific
Holocaust. As the primary
narrator, he is the story-teller; and the story-teller is the writer, the
heavenly scribe, who must live so that the story gets told.
We will remember that Ishmael, in
our gallery of types, corresponds to the Romantic Artist, the Medieval Autumnal
Artist, who turns his back on civilization and returns to nature, returns to
the abyss, returns to Death and survives to be re-born again, not as himself,
but as the Renaissance Artist, the one who believes in life, light, reason and
community.
CHAPTER EIGHT.
TIME CYCLES IN AMERICAN HISTORY
(Making Sense of the Senseless – The Logic of
the Irrational Time Cycle)
Readers may wonder why such a long
digression into the symbolic intricacies of Moby-Dick (an opaque jeremiad as it is) is
necessary to consider AmericaÕs current financial disorders. Be reminded that we are looking at the real cause of this world-destruction
– and by real I mean the underlying metaphysical causes -- a task which, by definition, excludes surface conditions as
being anything more than a chain of effects generated by the Law itself. Moby-Dick is a novel about the Laws of Nature
– about both the Laws of NatureÕs Body and the Laws of NatureÕs
Mind. That is why we look at
reality through this metaphorical lens.
It
is my belief, also, that the American Ship of State, analogically the Pequod,
has just been struck by the whale we have been stalking for several decades (or
perhaps, on a larger scale, describing Western Civilization, several
millennia). The whale has turned
on us, has staved in our hull; and our survival as a nation is now being threatened. Learning to speak the symbolic language
(in which scriptural texts, and all serious literature, like Moby-Dick, are written) will help us to
survive this coming catastrophe.
Ishmael
had a natural virtue that protected him.
Ishmael had a powerful Guardian Angel protecting him. America must also find her own natural
virtue and her own Guardian Angel to protect her from the holocaust we are
currently entering.
In our model of history, which has
much is common with and owes recognition to the views of Giambattista Vico, the
18th Century romantic critic of pure reason and re-discoverer of
antique wisdom, speaks of the birth of an idea coming in the Winter, in the
form of an animating theological idea.
If
we look at American history, excluding for the moment the long history of
tribal America and its tribal native inhabitants – we will not exclude
the Indian history from our picture however, for the tribal history, whether it
be the tribal Goths or the tribal Hopi or tribal Shoshoni or tribal Romans lays
a bed in which the spiritual seeds reside, germinate, and finally take root
when awakened – we see the (transplanted) Puritan Theological State in
America taking root from 1492 until the dynamics of the American revolution
shook the state loose from its theological root and separated church and state
dramatically.
From
the Puritan roots evolve the aristocratic Renaissance Men of the Revolution,
Jefferson, Franklin, Washington, Hamilton. In a very broad sense we have two pieces of our ÔAmerican
microcosmÕ puzzle in place. The
tyrant part of the puzzle (the Ahab at Noon, the All-Powerful Father Figure) is
harder to place, with its non-mystical rational religion and the triumph of
business and the material god. The
Romantic Autumn is rather clear: there have been several of these. Clearly, the Melville era – the
1830Õs -- with romantic writers such as Henri David Thoreau, Nathaniel
Hawthorne, Walt Whitman, Ralph Waldo Emerson, Edgar Allen Poe, and Emily
Dickinson marks a romantic turning away from Calvinistic materialism which had
dominated America for the first half of her existence.
Ann
Woodlief writes in American Romanticism:
Politically the time was ripe. The
18th century left a heritage of optimism about man's possibilities and
perfectability. The lofty ideals of democracy asserted the value of
individuals, regardless of class, and education. Of course, these values
primarily applied to white males. In fact, tensions were building which cried
out for creative release. Inequality, not equality, was the rule for many,
especially women and slaves. The clash of these realities with the idealistic
rhetoric led writers to take extremes, championing individualism yet also
seeing the darker sides of a fragmenting society.
Economically
America had never been wealthier. But the rising materialism and focus on
business at the cost of the mind and the spirit was spawning reform movements
all over America. Over 150 intentional communities -- from the Shakers to
Oneida to Brook Farm -- were formed by people disillusioned by the
materialistic values and inequities of American society.
Yet
there was enough affluence for people to develop and appreciate writing and
reading, and a growing leisure class with cultural pretensions. There was one
period of crisis -- the Panic of 1837 -- but that only increased the drive
toward material values.
Religion,
always a basic concern for Americans, was also ready for romanticism and its
kind of pantheistic religion. The stern dogmas of Calvinism had been replaced
by rationalistic Unitarianism and Deism. However, they were so rational and so
determined to avoid the emotional excesses of the Great Awakening that they
seemed dry and cold, unable to satisfy deep spiritual yearnings. People,
especially Emerson, were looking for new spiritual roots, personally involving
and meaningful, but not traditional.
Connected
to this was the rise and professionalization of science, which seemed to many
to conflict with religion. Many felt a psychic dislocation, that the bottom had
dropped out of their world since traditional values and conventional reality
were just not enough for them. They tried to impose meaning individually, for
institutions and dogmas seemed to possess little truth. Philosophically, they
reacted against the materialistic educational theories of Locke and
rationalism. They found Truth more a matter of intuition and imagination than
logic and reason. They rejected the mechanistic view of the universe so dear to
Franklin and Deists and opted for a more organic view, seeing the world more as
dynamic and living.
Aesthetically,
the romantics were also in a state of revolt, primarily against the restraints
of classicism and formalism. Form, particularly traditional literary forms,
mattered much less than inspiration, enthusiasm, and emotion. Good literature
should have heart, not rules, although it is never so simple as that.
There
were specifically American components to the romanticism of our authors. They
were particularly aware of nature, especially its wild aspects, and were
beginning to comprehend that it was being lost as fast as they were
appreciating it. The physical frontiers were being conquered in this time of
"manifest destiny" and there was little wilderness to explore (and
exploit). They turned to artistic, metaphysical, and intellectual frontiers to
recapture the ecstasy of exploration and discovery.
Reaction
was a major, but not the only, mode for these romantics. They confronted the
distinctively American pressures for conformity and definitions of success in
terms of money. They spoke out, to some degree, against slavery, promoting the
ideals of Jacksonian democracy, that "any man can do anything" (if
he's white and educated). They sought to creative a distinctive American
literary voice; it was time for the cultural revolution to follow the political
one. They felt compelled to declare cultural and individual independence from
Europe, even though they had little idea of what form that could take.
This could as well be describing the 1960Õs in America as
the 1830Õs. Of course, the 1960Õs represented
another Autumn in AmericaÕs cyclic manifestation. Hippies, with their loud colors and loud music and loud
politics, were the colorful leaves falling from AmericaÕs Tree of Life. Intentional communities – hippie
communes – dotted the American landscape (and spread all over the world,
in fact). The Artist, as a type of
American Hero, replaced the Businessman/Entrepreneur, who had replaced the
Warrior. Inequality was no longer
acceptable. The Soul joined the
dark races and women in an act of moral solidarity. Communism rose up as a force of order antagonistic to
ÔselfishÕ capitalism.
Some
historians, including Woodlief herself, speak of the terms ÔrenaissanceÕ and
ÔromanticismÕ interchangeably.
From my view, of course, this is not accurate. The ÔrenaissanceÕ moves away from
Nature, away from mystical Religion, toward reason and empire and materialism,
with its concurrent blessing by a rationalist Religion – embracing the
pure, unsullied, perfected forms of classicism. ÔRomanticismÕ moves away from Empire, away from materialism,
and toward Nature, the wisdom of antiquity, embracing ÔnativismÕ (and nativity) and rejecting classicism
(universalist idealism) in favor of nationalism, a form of localism.
In
modern political terms, the ÔrenaissanceÕ moves toward fascism and the racism
of white over black; ÔromanticismÕ moves away from fascism, moves toward
democracy, communism, and toward the integration (interweaving) of white and
black, light and dark. The
ÔrenaissanceÕ leads to the separation of men and women in society, white and
black in the world; ÔromanticismÕ leads, eventually, to the mystic marriage
(re-marriage) of light and darkness, man and woman, in the deep part of the
Night.
One can speak of ÔromanticismÕ as a period
of Ôcultural re-birthÕ, for the artist, as an archetype, is very important in
both the manifestation of the Dawn (the renaissance, the creation of the
culture as civilization) and the Dusk (romanticism, the creation of
counter-culture as anti-civilization).
In one sense, the Renaissance Hero seeks to re-create classical, foreign
high Apollonian culture, while the Romantic Hero rebels against the classical
and seeks to (re-) create a nationalist, nativist, locally-organic Dionysian
counter-culture.

Few counter-cultures in recent
history have expressed the ÔDionysian cultureÕ with such adamantine vigor as
the 1960Õs counter-culture. We
will remember that Dionysus (as Bacchus) was the god of wine, the god of
revelry and intoxication (as opposed to the god of sobriety, represented by
Apollo), the god of orgies, the god of free love, the god of drugs, the god of
romance, the god of rebellion against the established order. Sex, drugs and rock and roll. Anti-war. Anti-material.
Anti-urban. Sense over
abstract description of the senses.
Naturalness; as opposed to the artificial quality of the urban
civilization. The hippie
counter-culture of the 1960Õs was the perfect manifestation of Dionysian
spirit.
There
was a similar romanticism that occurred in the 1930Õs, on the heels of the last
major international deflation.
Marxism became the official rebellion of the intellectual class during
that phase of romanticism.
That is, the soul chose to side with the poor, after the body-soul
relationship had ended so badly with the international financial collapse in
1929.
During
the Renaissance (the Dawn), the Son sides with the Father (and becomes the
Father) becoming the Word Made Flesh, expanding Light and Life and Wealth and
Masculine Power, describing only the virtues of the world, expressing a Unity
with the Father that makes Him/Them (and his society) all-powerful, and
irresistible. During the Romantic
Fall (the Dusk), the Son turns against the Father, becomes a rebellious angel,
condemns the rich, champions the poor, pulls the Sky down (metaphorically),
describing only the evils of the world, becomes a revolutionary.
During
the Renaissance, the Hero eats from the Tree of Life. Life allows a certain moral paradox, a duality of
character. One is both good and
evil, because Life demands this.
During
the Romantic Autumn, the Anti-Hero eats from the Tree of Knowledge of Good and
Evil. He condemns his father,
condemns himself, condemns his society, since he now confronts the shadow side
of the incarnation, the roots of the Tree of Life he finds beneath the Earth,
the roots of the Tree of Life being, themselves, the limbs of the Tree of
Knowledge, that have been reflected into the underworld.
1929 Night Cycle Ego-Deflation
begins –
1947
Day Cycle Ego-Inflation begins --
1965 Night Cycle Ego-Deflation
begins –
1983
Day Cycle Ego-Inflation begins --
2001 Night Cycle Ego-Deflation
begins –
2019
Day Cycle Ego-Inflation begins –
So, we have periods of Romantic Ego Deflation
(emanations of the anti-hero) in the 1930Õs, the 1960Õs, and we have
intimations of a similar Romantic Ego Deflation occurring with the election of
Barak Obama in 2008.
We
know that we had a very clear inflation of Ego (manifestation of the Cowboy
Masculinity) in 1982, with the election of Ronald Reagan. Did we have a similar manifestation of
Cowboy Masculinity in 1947? This
is not clear to me. We did have a
re-polarization of East and West, Capitalist and Communist after World War II,
as the Cold War was kicked into high gear, after a period of East-West alliance
during World War II.
In
fact, a similar ÔfriendlinessÕ between Western intellectuals
(counter-culturists) and the East (communism, first, and Eastern mysticism,
next) occurred in both the 1930Õs-40Õs and in the 1960Õs-70Õs. My prediction is that we will see a
similar re-connection between East and West as we sink more deeply into the
current economic catastrophe that too much capitalism has brought on.
The
1920Õs and 30Õs saw another explosion of artistic production in the world and
in America. Some of AmericaÕs
greatest writers appeared on the scene: Sinclair Lewis, Edith Wharton, F. Scott
Fitzgerald, Ezra Pound, T.S. Elliot, Ezra Pound, Eugene OÕNeill, Robert Frost,
John Dos Passos, Sherwood Anderson, Ernest Hemmingway, Willa Cather, Theodore
Dreiser, Gertrude Stein, Hart Crane, Langston Hughes, Edna Ferber, Kathrine
Anne Porter, Nelia Larsen, Countee Cullen. The novel reached its apex as an art-form, in the
experimental works of genius produced by James Joyce, Thomas Mann, Marcel
Proust, William Faulkner, and D. H. Lawrence.
The
1960Õs saw a similar regeneration of artistic experimentation and flowering in
literature (Joseph Heller, J.D. Salinger, Thomas Pynchon, and many others), the
plastic arts, cinema and especially music – rock music, which spawned a
revolution in thinking that spread like a wild fire across the globe. Music became a kind of literary act. Music and poetry were married. Rock albums became conceptual novels,
with sustained narrative dramatic themes containing messages of morality,
political rebellion, spirituality, messages that transcended race and culture.
A
similar fertilization of art will also occur over the next generation, if my
calculations are correct. Art as a
device for entertainment characterizes the Ego-Expansion phase; and especially
art as a device for the generation of wealth. Art as a commodity.
There is no real meaning to the art during these phases. The art is essentially throw-away
art. The art generated in America
since the advent of Ronald Reagan in 1982 has been largely throw-away art. Art has become a profession. There is not really much difference
between artists and insurance salesmen.
Each is Ôin itÕ for the profit – and meaning is really an
unnecessary (or even a problematic) element in this life procedure. The artist needs money for his family;
so does the insurance salesman.
That is the Tree of Life, watered by surface needs. The Daylight grows a weaker and weaker
shadow; and, hidden in the shadow, is the meaning of the act. There is no polarization between Soul
and body during the Daylight.
Without polarization, meaning disappears.
During
the Daylight, society is one big corporation, all working for the same ends,
all parties part of the team. Life
is a kind of sport. The strongest
body, the strongest will, wins the prize.
And the losers should not complain.
But
as the shadow grows, animating the Romantic Anti-Hero, art becomes filled with
meaning. Polarization between the
Corporation (the Body) and the Soul and Spirit sends the society into the Chaos
of disunity. Materialism becomes a
problem. The life of the Body is no
longer trusted. There is some
other dimension that is illuminated.
Morality appears. The
society meets its better angels and the angels are angry about what has been
done in their name. This is the
Law of Karma.
Since the Sun-Hero (the masculine
Cowboy energy of expansion) is killed or wounded by the darkness at the apex of
its climb into heaven, we should expect to see some form of symbolic death or
wounding occur at or near the beginning of each Ego-Deflation period.
We
do see this in 2001, with the Muslim attack on America on September 11,
2001. The destruction of the Twin
Towers was clearly a wounding of the masculine spirit in America, the energy of
business, expansion, internationalism, and the propagation of a single
language, and a universal Earth culture.
The
tower is a very graphic phallic symbol; and we will remember that castration is
an image of the mythological wounding of the masculine Sun-Hero. In Greek myth, Castor and Pollux were
the Light and Dark Brothers – the Gemini Twins. Pollux was immortal (the Darkness is not born and does not
die); but Castor had to die. Castor
shares the root with the word ÔcastrationÕ – the act of ÔcastrationÕ in
the context we are using it may be an actual assassination or it may be merely
increased regulation of the business class after it engineers its own
destruction by (ÔbullishlyÕ) running amok in the financial china closet. Regulation is a form of (Ôsnip-snipÕ)
the female force working to take away some of the wildness and risk and
unpredictability of the masculine bull.
Taxes are a form of castration.
Also, a cut in military is a form of castration.
Was
there a Sun-Hero murdered or wounded in America in or around 1965? Yes. Clearly John F. Kennedy was a Sun-Hero, cut down in his
prime: the beautiful Sun God, destroyed by his own shadow. Kennedy was very clearly assassinated by
the CIA or some shadow form of a domestic intelligence group, perhaps with the
assistance of the mafia, both of which wanted Cuba back from the communists for
further American business exploitation.
Who
was the Sun-Hero murdered or wounded in the world in or around 1929? This is not clear to me. Perhaps Wall Street was the emblem of
death in 1929: the collapse of Capitalism (the Tree of Life) under the weight
of greed and selfish corporate and personal opportunism.
The
Seventh Day of Creation again: when everything stops. When the world ends and sinks out of sight. Something falls, even if we cannot hear
it clearly.
I mentioned the Romanticism of
Melville, Whitman, Emerson, Thoreau in the 1830Õs. To fit our picture, the Romanticism would have to be gauged
a little earlier than 1830.
However, in the example below, 1803 marks the Midnight Hour, as the New
Idea of Manifestation and Will is born in the soil of the Mother Principle, at
the darkest hour, with Physical Light and hope almost nonexistent (which
corresponds, of course, to the period of rule of Jimmy Carter, 1977 –
1981 – in our most recent Midnight Experience. Jimmy Carter represents the saintly side of the American
soul. He is not worldly – he is moral, inwardly directed, educated,
noble, gentle, concerned with the saving of the American soul, a friend to
women, blacks, the poor, the underprivileged.)
The
Sun defeats the Darkness in 1811.
The Sun peaks and begins its decline in 1821 – but the Sun is not
truly overthrown until 1830. In 1830,
the Romantic Angel wins and essentially rules until 1848. The Angel of Light then rules, first as
the Son, from 1857, and then as the Father who falls, from 1866.
1803
Day Cycle Ego-Inflation begins --
1821
Night Cycle Ego-Deflation begins –
1839
Day Cycle Ego-Inflation begins –
A way of looking at this same
information in a slightly different way, would be:
Midnight 1803
Dawn 1812
Noon 1821
Dusk 1830
Midnight 1839
Dawn 1848
Noon 1857
Dusk 1866
Midnight 1875
As a reminder, we would expect to
see a significant increase in manifest masculine power (business strength,
reproduction strength – more births per capita – and foreign
military intrigue) from, in the above example, 1803 through 1821. Of course, we see exactly that in the
Monroe Doctrine (1823, a bit later than we would have expected vis-ˆ-vis our
time cycle schedule) which essentially threatened war with an European or
foreign nation attempting to colonize or threaten any state or area of
continental America. The Monroe
Doctrine was a secondary declaration of independence, and a precursor of the
doctrine of Manifest Destiny that surfaced in the early 1840s.
We
would expect to see an economic downturn beginning around 1821, with more civil
and social unrest, a growth in feminist and underclass consciousness –
perhaps in this case exemplified by more sympathy with the plight of the
American Indian – and a higher death rate – from 1821 through 1839.
The
storms come (the wind begins to blow, bringing storms and combat between the
Light and the Dark) at Dawn and at Dusk.
So we should expect wars and/or civil wars at 1812, 1830, 1848, 1866.
We
should expect arrogance and economic depression at 1821 and 1857.
We
should expect introspection, an otherworldly sense of detachment at 1803, 1839
and 1875.
Does the year 1803 really represent
the Midnight of
this cycle of American history?
Thomas Jefferson is elected president in 1800. Jefferson is an educated southern aristocrat, a farmer, a
gentleman, a friend of the poor, a man with a rich interior life, uninterested
in worldly political entanglements.
A democratic Republican (the Democrats of this era) who virulently
opposed the Federalists (the Republicans of this era) and their schemes for a
National Bank, for government of, by and for the Business Class, by bankers,
and by a European-looking East Coats (urban) monied aristocracy. Jefferson is a prototype for Jimmy
Carter, a man who described himself as a ÔWashington outsiderÕ, a man
suspicious of the power establishment and the centralized power of the imperial
presidency in Washington. Carter
later described Jefferson in his memoirs as Ôa great humanitarian who love the
common peopleÕ. The same could be
said of Carter. It could not be
said of Ronald Reagan or George Bush Senior however.
Did
ÔEgo-ExpansionÕ begin in 1803?
Yes, in a manner of speaking.
In May of 1803, Jefferson purchased the Louisiana Territory from the
French (we will remember that Jefferson trusted the French more than he trusted
the British; the Federalists trusted the British, some even wanting a king in
American, and did not trust the French, the breeding ground of mob democracy
and revolution) for ÔinwardÕ expansion.
One need not look back too many years to see a similar virulent alliance/oppositon
between Republicans-England against Democrats-French. During the Iraq War, a vengeful anti-French atmosphere rose
in American, nourished by the Bush Administration – nourished also by French
arrogance and self-satisfied hyper-nationalism. We will see quite clearly that the British represent the
Male Principle (reason, will, strength, fire) in the International order; the
French represent the Female Principle (emotion, love, softness, water, fickleness). The Dawn is the force of resurrection
(a rose erection – that is, a hard, disciplined, fertilizing penis); the
Dusk force has less interest in raping the world, and has more interest in
finding completion through a resolved emotional wholeness, to overcome a recent
fragmented condition – the woman represents home and hope to him at this
stage, rather than a something above which he must stand.
The Dawn and Dusk, as I have
written, usually represent conflict, the Dawn a triumph of the manifest destiny
of business expansion and the Dusk, quite often, social and civil strife, with
emphasis on fairness, equality, and help for poor citizens. The Dawn loves power and wealth; all
citizens, given the rife optimism, begin to imagine themselves either directly
or indirectly potential royalty, potential millionaires and aristocrats. The Dusk hates the rich, hates the
aristocracy, hates privilege, hates injustice, hates realization of their own
failure, fears for its own survival (Death is heavy in the air), and seeks a
social system which offers aid to those who have fallen.
1812
should be a time of a revolution against an outside power, similar to 1776, the
revolution for independence against British Imperialism in America. And it was. America declared war on England in 1812, after Great Britain
impressed American seamen and blockaded American ports. Interestingly, the New England and
Mid-Atlantic states did not support the resolution of war in the Congress,
since their cultural and trade ties were more clearly tied with England than
were those of the other regions of America. British troops invaded many American cities, including
Washington D.C., where they set the Congress and the White House on fire. This war lasted two years, before the
British signed the Treaty of Ghent, ending the second war between these two
nations in less than fifty years.
Do
we find an expansion of the American Empire, business wealth and science,
technology and political will between 1803 and 1821? And do we find a economic depression around 1821?
1817
is dubbed the ÔEra of Good FeelingÕ.
This is comparable to the ÔRoaring TwentiesÕ and ÔHappy DecadeÕ of the
1990Õs in America, before the economy imploded and left millions out of work
and with little hope.
The Panic of 1819 was, according to
historian David Reynolds, Ôthe first great American depressionÕ. Reynolds writes in Waking
Giant: American in the Age of Jackson:
All the way back during the
Presidency of James Monroe, American workers got a harsh lesson in the
vicissitudes of capitalism when the economy crashed. The Panic of 1819
initiated the nationÕs first major depression.
As
in the case today, that crash, too, resulted from a confluence of national and
international events. In the heady atmosphere after the War of 1812, both U.S.
imports and exports surged.
This
was the first of several severe downturns that would tarnish AmericaÕs
otherwise vigorous economy throughout the 19th century.
European demand for American goods,
especially agricultural staples like cotton, tobacco, and flour, increased. To
feed the overheated economy, state banks proliferated, and credit was easy.
The
federal government offered for sale vast tracts of western lands, fueling real
estate speculation funded by bank notes. Reserves of specie, or hard money,
plummeted, especially in the West and the South.
As
early as 1814, Thomas Jefferson warned, ÒWe are to be ruined by paper, as we
were formerly by the old Continental paper.Ó Two years later, he asserted that
Òwe are under a bank bubbleÓ that would soon burst.
The
Second Bank of the United States was supposed to steady the economy, but gross
mismanagement in its early phase sapped its effectiveness.
The
bankÕs first president, William Jones, instead of taking steps to regulate the
nationÕs currency, doled out huge loans that fed speculation and inflation. He
also kept lax watch over state banks, where fraud and embezzlement created
chaos.
A
congressional committeeÕs proposal to terminate the nearly insolvent Bank of
the United States had little backing — because 40 members of Congress
held stock in the bank.
The bankÕs problems arose at
precisely the wrong moment, when the economy needed a firm rudder during its
postwar expansion. Jones resigned and was replaced by the South Carolina
congressman Langdon Chews — and later by the Philadelphia lawyer Nicholas
Biddle.
Although
the bank sharply contracted loans in 1818, the damage had been done. The Bank
of the United States, far from helping the economy, was among the destabilizing
forces that led to the depression of 1819.
At
the same time, swelling crop yields in Europe reduced the demand for American
farm products, whose prices plunged. An economic contraction in Europe led
banks there to reduce credit. The crisis abroad, coupled with the contraction
at home, forced American banks to call in their loans as well.
By
early 1819, credit, once so easy, was unavailable to many Americans. With
specie reserves depleted many American banks failed, and other businesses
followed. Sales of public lands plummeted. Unemployment soared, and in some
regions food and other basic necessities were difficult to come by.
Especially
hard hit were cities outside of New England like Philadelphia, Pittsburgh, and
Cincinnati. Farmers suffered too, though many survived by resuming a
subsistence lifestyle.
With
insolvency rife, prisons were overcrowded with debtors. The depression lingered
for two years. It was the first of several severe downturns that would tarnish
AmericaÕs otherwise vigorous economy throughout the 19th century.
The
Panic of 1819 fostered mistrust of banks, bankers and paper money. The volatile
Tennessee politician Davy Crockett spoke for many when he dismissed Òthe whole
banking systemÓ as nothing more than Òa species of swindling on a large scale.Ó
The
aging Thomas Jefferson complained that the new generation, Òhaving nothing in
them of the feelings or principles of 1776, now look to a single and splendid
government of an aristocracy, founded on banking institutions, and money
incorporations... riding and ruling over the plundered ploughman and beggared
yeomanry.Ó
The
Second Bank of the United States was supposed to steady the economy, but gross
mismanagement in its early phase sapped its effectiveness. This mistrust of corporations was
aggravated by landmark decisions handed down in 1819 by the Supreme Court under
Chief Justice John Marshall. In
Dartmouth College v. Woodward, the Supreme Court protected private corporations
against interference by the state governments that had created them. In McCullough v. Maryland, it ruled that
the Bank of the United States, though privately run, was a creation of the
federal government that could not be touched by the states. These pro-capitalist court rulings
aggravated class divisions, which escalated over the next decade. The 1820s saw
the meteoric rise of Andrew Jackson, who defended working-class Americans
against what he characterized as the oppression of a wealthy elite epitomized
by the central bank.
The
recession of 1819-1822, which was blamed largely on bankers, was one of the economic
forces that made many Americans look to Jackson as the savior of the working
class.
Reynolds speaks of the 1819 Panic
creating a recession that lasted through 1822. But this does not fit our picture of an 18-year Night Cycle
experience.
Noon 1821
Dusk 1830
Midnight 1839
Using our logic, the ÔdepressionÕ
should have lasted from about 1821 to about 1839. In fact, this is what
we do see.
Panic
and Depression, 1832. In 1832, President Andrew Jackson
refused to renew the charter of the Second Bank of the United States; and
Jackson transferred government monies to state banks. Nicholas Biddle, head of the National Bank, called in all
outstanding commercial loans. A
panic followed; and then a recession.
Eight hundred banks closed; and the national banking system
collapsed. One third of manual
laborers were out of work in New York City alone. And the national unemployment rate was over 10%.
Panic
and Depression, 1836. President Andrew Jackson comes to
recognize that his defeat of the National Bank in 1832 might present long-range
problems for the country. In an
effort to short-circuit the inflationary consequences of unlimited printing of
money by unregulated state banks, Jackson issued the Specie Circular, which law
required all public lands be paid for in gold or silver, hard currency. Land sales and prices collapse. The hoarding of precious metals. Land and metals speculation explodes.
Panic
and Depression, 1837-1843. Historian Reynolds writes
that five weeks after Martin Van BurenÕs election, national pessimism and
erratic bank policies sank the economy and triggered Ôthe worst depression that
the United States had knownÕ.
Reynolds writes that this fourth panic since 1819 lasted from 1837
through 1843:
The [1837] downturn resulted from
various international and native economic developments.
In
1836, the Bank of England, fearing a run on its deposits of specie (silver and
gold), sharply contracted credit. British companies curtailed their business
with the United States. Foreign demand for U.S. cotton plummeted, cutting
cotton prices nearly in half.
Southern
planters suffered and many northern companies associated with the cotton trade
failed. The Specie Circular, which mandated that speculators could purchase
public land only with hard money, caused a drain of specie from eastern to
western banks.
In
April 1837, world prices suddenly collapsed, creating a run on banks. On May
10, 1837, all banks in New York suspended specie payments — that is, they
refused to redeem paper currency in silver or gold. Banks in New Orleans and
other cities soon did the same.
The
specie suspensions caused panic, which in turn led to widespread bank failures.
The New York diarist George Templeton Strong said, of the banks, ÒSo they go
— smash, crash. Where in the name of wonder is to be the end of it?Ó
All
told, around 40% of AmericaÕs 850 banks soon were out of business. Most sectors
of the economy slumped. Business failure brought unemployment. By January 1838,
half a million Americans were jobless.
The
economy then briefly rebounded, but another contraction abroad brought on a
second panic in October 1839, leading to four more years of depression. Wholesale prices tumbled, and the
nationÕs money supply shrank. Imports plummeted, as did property values.
America would not again see such deep, prolonged economic malaise until the
Great Depression of the 1930s.
Predictably,
President Van Buren was blamed for the downturn. Whigs insisted that JacksonÕs
reckless policies, carried forward by Van Buren, had wreaked havoc on the
economy.
What
was needed, they argued, was government-sponsored stabilization of the economy
through a new national bank. As the ÒoutÓ party, the Whigs profited politically
from the depression, gaining in state elections at moments when it was
especially bad. Still, as the 1840
election approached, Van Buren had reason to be confident of re-election.
He
had consolidated the Democratic Party. He had averted war and subdued sectional
tensions. He had run a tight financial ship with the assistance of generally
skilled administrators. In his
view, he had put the nation on a course toward economic recovery by divorcing
the government from banking. He
did not seem to recognize the depth of the nationÕs crisis. A much later
Democratic presidential candidate would heed advice that should have been
shouted in Van BurenÕs ear: ÒItÕs the economy, stupid!Ó
Despite
the small upturn of the economy in the middle of Van BurenÕs term, the nation
had never seen such hard times as it did under him.
It was difficult for many Americans
to fathom the withdrawal of the governmentÕs money from many banks at a time
when money was in such short supply.
The Whig arguments for an expanded currency, relaxed credit and
governmental participation in everyday finance made sense at a time when
scarcity reigned.
The
DemocratsÕ largest base was among rural and urban workers. The Whigs appealed
mainly to business interests in the North and plantation owners in the South,
but also to some sectors of the working class. Neither party was wholly Òthe peopleÕs party,Ó though the
Democrats had seized this image.
The
Whigs believed in government control of the economy through some version of the
American system. They tended to be affiliated with movements like temperance,
prison reform, nativism and anti-prostitution.
The
turnout on election day was exceptionally strong. Voter participation, which
had stood at 58% of eligible voters in 1836, reached an astonishing 80% in
1840, setting a pattern for high turnouts that continued through the 19th
century. Although the Log Cabin
hoopla contributed to the excitement, recent historians have shown that it was
the mass hunger for economic reform that brought out voters in unprecedented
numbers. The Whigs surged to victory.
ReynoldsÕ description of the
differences between the Democratic and Whig party principles shows the
difficulty in assigning fixed labels to political parties, since these two
parties tend to adjust to one another over time. The Whigs Ôappealed mainly to business interests in the
North and plantation owners in the southÕ. The Democrats largest base Ôwas among rural and urban
workersÕ. This seems pretty
clear. The Democrats were on the
side of the poor; the Whigs (Republicans) were on the side of the rich. The Whigs Ôbelieved in government
control of the economy through some version of the American systemÕ –
this really means, I think, the Whigs wanted a National Bank; and they wanted
the banks in control of the economy.
This does not really sound like Republicans of today, who want private
banks to run the world; and want government ÔinterferenceÕ reduced.
Whig
excitement over ÔmoralÕ (almost biblical) issues like temperance,
anti-prostitution, prison reform sounds largely like today, where Republican
outrage over gun control, abortion rights, prayer in school, stem-cell research
rings somewhat hollow when compared to the overwhelming silence connected to
outright business theft of private and taxpayer funds. The Republican outrage seems more
directed at the government giving failing businesses bail-out money rather than
at corrupt and criminal businesses for engineering their own demise. Remember, the businessman is the hero
of the Republicans – they cannot very well crucify their own hero, so
they have turned their anger, instead, on the messenger.
We
will remember that a basic tenet of early Republicanism (Federalism, Whigism)
that a strong federal government was needed to protect the monied interests in
America from the tendencies of state governments to be too populist or too
democratic. Early Democrats
(democratic Republicans) argued for statesÕ rights, for local autonomy, for a
weak central government, and for a non-imperialistic federal government and
foreign policy. These principles
have flipped several times in history, most notably in the 1950Õs, when
democrats began arguing for a strong federal government to enforce federal
civil rights laws, protecting the Underclass (nonwhite) from domination by the
Overclass (white). A split in the
democratic party then occurred, with southern democrats aligning more with
northern and western Republicans in arguing for states rights, against federal
mandates. The new alliance of
Republican and southern white Democrat carried Nixon to victory in 1968 –
and became the New Republican Party of the late twentieth century.
StateÕs
rights meant one thing to Democrats in the 1800Õs, protection from the Big
Business and Banking Class of northeast America and their drive for an America
that was urban, industrialized and imperialistic (world trade is imperialistic
by nature); whereas, stateÕs rights for the New Republican Party of the
twentieth century was founded in racism (opposition to federal civil rights laws)
and old-time Bible-thumping anti-humanism (abortion, school-prayer,
gun-control, stem-cell research issues).
If Dusk is 1830 in our picture of cyclical
American history, we should expect a Romantic, anti-hero to appear on the scene
at approximately this time, a fighter for the poor, the working classes, armed
against the rich aristocrats.
In
1828, Andrew Jackson is elected President of the United States. Jackson is a southern populist, friend
of the working class, enemy of big business and banking, and decidedly not an aristocrat.
It
is interesting that Jackson was nearly elected in 1824, but southern aristocrat
Henry Clay threw his support away from Jackson, to East Coast aristocrat John
Quincy Adams, for which support Clay was appointed as Secretary of State in
AdamsÕ administration. Regional
alliances meant less than class alliances and personal fortunes
apparently. The southern
aristocrats viewed Jackson suspiciously as his supporters among the working
poor in the north and south smacked too much of Ômob-democracyÕ, feared equally
by southern plantation-owners (and slave owners) and northern (or more
accurately north-eastern) businessmen.
Andrew Jackson opposed the National Bank, as had Thomas Jefferson
– and Jackson abolished it when president. Andrew Jackson writes:
It is to be regretted that the rich
and powerful too often bend the acts of government to their own selfish
purposes. Mischief springs from the power which the moneyed interest derives
from a paper currency which they are able to control, from the multitude of corporations with exclusive privileges... which are employed altogether for their
[mutual] benefitÉ. No American should
have to live under the oppression of a sprawling oversized central government;
or suffer the loss of personal autonomy and liberties to perfunctory
bureaucrats; or endure the invasion of privacy by officious functionaries; or
struggle through a life trying to stay ahead of inflation; or endure the
nightmare of over regulation and criminalization; or tolerate mass corruption
and fraud by self serving elected officials; or to grind out a living only to
be ravaged by labor-wage taxes while Federal Reserve Bankers get rich off
baseless currency; or die fighting in some needless war.
We recall, of course, that American wars, especially
today, but earlier as well, were almost always fought by the working poor
Americans for the sake of American business interests. That is, the poor fought and died and
were maimed and crippled while the rich sat home and cheered from the shore,
living in safety and comfort, largely in disdain of the American working poor.
Andrew Jackson was a friend of the white
working poor in America. He was
not a friend to the slave or the Native American however. He openly ignored federal policy and
contracts signed with the Cherokee Nation and forcibly evicted them from
ancestral homelands in Oklahoma, freeing up more land for white ownership and
westward expansion of southern plantations. Jackson seemed to share JeffersonÕs vision for America, of a
peaceful Greek-like agrarian republic stretching westward over the North American
continent: an Ôextensive Republic, studded with cities, towns, and prosperous
farms, occupied by more than 12 million happy people, and filled with the
blessing of liberty, civilization and religion.Õ
In
the romantic literature of this time, we do see, however, in the writing of
Melville and James Fennimore Cooper, Mark Twain, and in the newspapers of
William Lloyd Garrison, a growing intellectual opposition to the institution of
slavery, and a more positive portrayal of Ôsavage culturesÕ (the EgoÕs shadow)
in popular culture.
In
1831, with darkness settling in, Nat Turner, an educated slave in Virginia, led
an insurrection of slaves on a killing spree of white residents near
Southampton. In all, 70 whites
were killed. Over 100 slaves were
killed in retaliation.
We should note that at Dawn in our time-cycle of historical
developments, white domination of black (and hatred of the shadow) wins out and
carries through until Noon, when the shadow is thoroughly defeated. By the same token, Dusk is a time when black defeats white,
and dominates white through Midnight when black hatred of white also finds its peak. Dusk should be a time when black
violence against whites escalates, when Black Panthers, Black Muslims, ÔBlack
PrideÕ movements manifest and become strong forces of anti-law, seeking anti-hero
justice for past injustice. Black
power generally should be growing from the killing of the White Father Figure,
Light, at Noon,
through the re-birth of Light, at Midnight.
The
1831 killing of whites in the Nat Turner insurrection fits in to this time
frame.
Noon 1821
Dusk 1830
Midnight 1839
The Black Panther Party was founded
in Oakland in 1966.
Dawn 1956
Noon 1965
Dusk 1974
The Nation of Islam (Black Muslims)
was founded in Detroit in 1930.
Dawn 1920
Noon 1929
Dusk 1938
Noon is where Adolph Hitler triumphs,
with his shadow and adversary, the Jew, nearly eradicated. Likewise, Midnight is the point in our time-cycle of
historical development when black hatred of whites should also find its
peak. Whites (light) have almost
no power at Midnight.
The
Soul is on the side of the Blacks at Night; and on the side of Whites during
the Day. This is a balancing
mechanism. Jehovah gives and
Jehovah takes away. The Soul is
the female (Water) element. The
Soul attaches herself to the Body and to the Mind sequentially.
LetÕs remember also that when we
speak of White and Black we are not only speaking about racial types and skin
colors. White is Daylight and is
the Sun and is Positive Electrical Energy (generative). Black is Nightlight and is the Moon and
is Negative Electrical Energy (receptive). In any given relationship, the black man could be the white
force (more positive) and the white man could be the black force (more
negative). The black man could be
white and the black woman could be black.
The white woman could be white and the black man black. The black woman could be white and the
white man black. All racial types
fit this descriptions: the Asian man can be the yang force and the white man
the yin force. The Asian woman can
be the yang force (although most Asian men will probably debate this) and the
Asian man the yin force. The same
is true for Hispanic, American IndianÉ.all racial or ethnic types.
Each
individual is made up of all four types of force we describe in our historical
cycle blueprint. I am Michael the
Archangel at Dawn, driving Satan (my own darkness, pessimism, longing for death
and destruction) down as I utilize positive energy to regain my sense of hope and
the strength of willful activity.
I am also Julius Caesar at Noon, seeking to enslave the world to my own
sense of what is right and needs to be done. I am Melville and James Joyce and Marcel Proust and W.B.
Yeats at Dusk, when I turn my back on my own creation and abstract my will from
the material world and pray for its demise. I am also the darkened face of the Dark Monster Siva who
lives down at the bottom of the well, seeking to kill myself and the entire
world with me, seeing only the negative values of the world, seeing only
darkness. I am also Jesus Christ,
Horus, Apollo, and every other Sun-Hero born of the virgin Moon who
re-discovers value in life and rises up out of the darkness to ascend the Magic
Mountain (Aetna, Olympus, Sinai, Ararat) to find the Father again in his
Heaven.
It
is a complex task to simplify all the complex compositions of dark and light
into elemental symbols that define a stage in the cycles of history.
When I speak of the Black Strength
Movements (Night Cycles) I must also pay close attention to the rise and fall
of feminist movements. The most
recent feminist movement will be born at Noon (1965), will achieve a kind of battlfield
victory at Dusk (1974), will be at their greatest extent of power at Midnight (1983), and will be cast down and defeated
at Dawn (1992).
Noon 1965
Dusk 1974
Midnight 1983
Dawn 1992
In some ways, symbolically-speaking,
we can see the Black Movement of the 1960-70 era defeated at Dawn in 1992 in the guise of an incident
somewhat similar to the insurrection of Nat Turner in 1831. In 1993, an unemployed Jamaican black
man named Colin Ferguson, living in New York, boarded a Long Island Railroad
Line car in Garden City, New York and pulled an automatic pistol and began
shooting as many white people as he could. He killed six and wounded 19. He said something about wanting to kill as many white people
as he could. His original trial
lawyers proposed a very innovative argument: that Ferguson suffered from a
psychotic condition of black rage when he committed the crime. Ferguson fired his lawyers in order to represent
himself. His argument was that he
had not done the shooting, that he was being framed by white people for the
crime. Notorious liberal attorney
William Kuntsler tried to defend Ferguson before the trial began, attempting to
argue that Ferguson had been driven to mental illness through years of living
in an oppressive, racist society.
Of
course, this argument, if believed, would logically have done away with all
human laws. This argument would
provide legal justification for any black person, any minority, any oppressed
person (from any race), anyone feeling he or she was oppressed (from any race
or ethnic group), any human being in other words, to kill any person or persons that the
aggrieved party (the accused) thought might represent the oppressors, through
actual personal oppression, or by way of ancestral complicity. That argument, if accepted, would have
essentially reduced humanity once again to the jungle, with a law of only kill
or be killed, oppress or be oppressed.
Kunstler
argued that FergusonÕs refusal to follow KunstlerÕs advice (to plead insanity
on the basis of sustained racism) proved FergusonÕs insanity and proved FergusonÕs
psychological incompetence. (Only
a lawyer would be able to phrase an argument proving sanity was linked to the
gospel being sold by that lawyer himself.)
Clearly
Ferguson was a murdering racist.
He was a black racist, who killed people because they were white. He killed six and wounded almost 20
others and he would have killed many more if he had not been wrestled to the
ground by his intended victims.
Now if a white man had done the same to a group of blacks in a Selma
Church for instance (which a white man or men had done, in fact), a great
chorus of distress would have been raised by both black and white people. But when Colin Ferguson killed and
wounded white people riding home on a train, very few voices of outrage were
heard, and almost no black voices.
Black racism was apparently acceptable, understandable, justifiable as
retaliation for past sins by the white race. The fact that Kunstler and other white liberals, and blacks,
might argue that such generic racial profiling by a black man with a gun in his
pocket should be allowed under the law, based on past slights or sins or oppressions, essentially opened the
door to all crimes potentially based on the rationale of righteous indignation
or vengeance.
There
are White racists at Noon and there are Black racists at Midnight and both are
unbalanced and dangerous. Murder
of innocents by White racists or murder of innocents by Black racists is both
unacceptable and must be resisted.
The illusion is that one side is right and good; and the other side is
wrong and evil. When a being is
polarized, they believe this illusion; and they are willing to kill and be
killed for this truth.
The
Dawn Force, becoming Whole again, understands that all things are a composite
of dark and light, of good and bad, of heaven and earth. The Dawn Force is neither White nor
Black, but both White and Black, both Day and Night, both Man and Woman. In Jewish Kabbalistic writing, the
first man is Adam Kadmon, Day and Night, Man and Woman, High and Low, Angel and
Devil, all things compressed into one complex being.
White
guilt had ebbed; and was now flowing.
The rationale of Night that all blacks were good because they were
victims of the whites; and that all whites were bad because they victimized
blacks was vanishing as all half-truths eventually vanish. Life is complex. Life almost never conforms to easy,
simplex ideals based on either stereotypes or anti-stereotypes.
In the 1990Õs I wrote a collection
of short-stories entitled The Death of a Liberal. This series of stories examine, as I describe it, Ôthe
legacy of the liberalism of the 1960Õs from the perspective of the 1990Õs
– a middle-aged eye being cast back on the shadows of the idealisms of
youth. One story -- ÔThe
ProfessionalÕ -- a about a friend of mine, Jeff Smith, who moved to Seattle
after finishing architecture school.
Jeff was a very talented student, a gifted designer. One early morning, walking to work,
Jeff was attacked by a black man who hit him over the head with a baseball bat
and stole his wallet. This was
essentially the end of JeffÕs life.
He could not recover from the attack. He lost his passion for architecture. He lived in fear. He finally bought a gun and began
looking for his attacker. Jeff
learns the attacker goes by the street name ÔBatmanÕ. Here is an excerpt from the story:
Jeff didnÕt give up. He performed his new ritual
aggressively, becoming, in his own mind, a citizen policeman. People in the ghetto didnÕt bother
him. They probably sensed that he
was armed, perhaps with a weapon and more obviously with rage, and so they kept
their distance.
Jeff
went into JakeÕs store each morning, when he had finished his patrol. He tried to get the old man to talk
with him. The old man took his
money, said nothing. Jeff usually
left with donuts and coffee.
One
day Jeff showed up in the middle of the afternoon. It was almost Thanksgiving. Three old men, including Jake, were sitting together near
the back of a store, near a wood-stove.
They were talking and laughing.
Jake was surprised to see Jeff so late in the day. He didnÕt like seeing the white man
come into his store.
Jeff
bought a coke. Then he followed
Jake back to the wood-stove and pulled up a folding chair to sit with the men.
Jake
said: ÒI didnÕt hear anyone invite you to this party, mister.Ó
Jeff
said nothing. He sat down with the
old men. He warmed his hands at
the stove. Smiled. And said: ÒAny of you men know a young
black man named Batman?Ó
The
three old men became silent.
ÒBatman
hit me in the head with a baseball bat a few months ago,Ó Jeff said. ÒI was walking down the street on my
way to work. He smashed me in the
head, so he could take my wallet.
I donÕt have my job anymore.
I had to give it up. I have
pain all the time in my head now.
I want to find the man who did this to me. Do you people condone what this man does? Is it alright with you if he hits
people in the face with a baseball bat?
Are you so filled with hatred that you tolerate such behavior...?Ó
ÒWait
a minute,Ó replied Jake. ÒWhat do
you think? You think we support
such behavior...?Ó
ÒAs
long as itÕs a white man heÕs hitting, I suppose you do,Ó Jeff said.
ÒMaybe
thatÕs just the payback you get, after so many years of brutalizing the black
man....Ó another man said – his name was Gerald. He wore blue coveralls, and wore a Los
Angeles Dodger baseball cap.
ÒI
didnÕt brualize any black man,Ó Jeff replied.
ÒYeah,
but your ancestors probably did,Ó Gerald said.
ÒI
donÕt know about that,Ó Jeff said.
ÒI know that I had ancestors who died in the Civil War fighting against
slavery. Whites didnÕt create black
slavery, you know. Black Africans
enslaved other black Africans and sold them throughout north Africa long before
the whites ever came along.
ThereÕs always someone to blame for your problems. ThatÕs an easy way out. Just blame the whites and accept your
role as a victim in this world. In
fact, black people have been victimized by other black people for
centuries. Do you think Batman
harms only white people? If he
harms white people, then he probably harms black people too. In fact, the last person he attacked
was a black man, not a white man.
HeÕs a gang member. Gang
members prey on their own race.
Why do you feel that you have to protect a murderer? If a white man is a murderer, I donÕt
have any allegiance to him because heÕs white. If a white man is a murderer, then letÕs put him to death,
and get rid of him, so the rest of us wonÕt have to live with the pollution of
his presence. If a white man had
hit me in the face with a baseball bat, then IÕd be hunting him down too. We have to get rid of the criminals, so
that the rest of us can live decent lives...!Ó
ÒThose
are just words,Ó Jake replied.
ÒYou want to do away with black criminals. Why are black people criminals? Because theyÕre poor...!Ó
ÒNot
everyone who is poor is a criminal,Ó Jeff replied. ÒThere are a lot of poor black people in Seattle who arenÕt
criminals. During the Great
Depression, crime went down.
Criminals make life in your neighborhood even worse than it is in my
neighborhood. You protect thugs
and killers because they have black skin.
To hell with them. If they
are criminals, then they pay for their crimes, no matter what color they are!Ó
ÒYou
think thereÕs no such thing as persecution of the black man...!Ó Otis said, the
third man. He looked as if he had
been an athlete, still trim, wearing a Seattle Seahawk jersey.
ÒRacism
comes from thinking of a man as being part of a race instead of as an
individual,Ó Jeff replied. ÒThe
black race will never be raised as a race out of poverty. Individual black people will have to
raise themselves up, through education, against bigotry. The blacks seem to believe that the
government will use a magic wand and create equality through some special law. But equality is something that is
achieved through the efforts of individuals. No race is raised magically into the heavens. There are poor whites and ill-educated
whites and criminal whites too.
Each race has good and bad.
So, when we understand that, then we move to the point where the
individual is what matters. We
judge a tree by its fruit, not by its bark. If an evil black man is punished, that is not to say that
all black people are punished.
Individuals commit crimes; and individuals must be punished for their
crimes. You should be less
concerned with the color of a manÕs external skin than with the color of his
internal skin. The quality of his
soul. Ò
ÒIÕm
asking you to leave my store,Ó Jake replied. ÒWe did not ask you to come here. We really donÕt want you being here with us...Ó
Jeff
had nothing more to say. But he
wrote out his phone number and left it with Jake. ÒIf you want to tell me anything about this Batman, just
call me and leave a message.Ó
Then
Jeff left the store and stepped back into the cold wind, moving toward home.
Jeff continued to perform his patrol
twice daily. One Tuesday in
December, having returned home after a day out, Jeff turned on the television
to see a special news report: a disgruntled black man, Colin Ferguson, had
turned a handgun on a group of commuters in a train outside of New York
City. The man calmly shot 23
people before being overpowered by three men on the train. He carried over 100 rounds of
ammunition and bits of a journal in his pocket in which he described his hatred
for whites, Asians, and conservative blacks. The report showed a young woman being carried on a stretcher
from the train. She was beautiful,
in her mid-twenties. She had
worked as an interior designer in New York. Colin Ferguson had shot her through the neck, muttering
ÒYouÕre all going to die! YouÕre
all going to die!Ó Only whites and
Asians had been shot.
Jeff
was furious. It seemed to him that
acts of brutality were occurring daily.
Racially motivated brutality.
It was the end of the world.
The criminal race had rose up from the dead and had found no
resistance. The courts had
failed. Justice for crime must be
quick and exacting. Murder could
not be tolerated, or civilization would die. Each citizen should be carrying a gun, Jeff decided. He considered buying a six-gun and holster,
similar to the old west, as a visible sign that he had armed himself and would
not be taken without a fight. His
head began to throb. He had
headaches almost every day, whenever he became agitated. He looked at himself in the
mirror. His jaw was now
permanently twisted to the right of center. His hair seemed frail and frightened into old age. The structure above his left eye was
dented visibly in toward his brain.
He had become ugly. Yes, he
was ugly. He rarely thought about
his appearance. But his beauty had
been stolen from him, his charm, his glow. He had a dark soul now. The night had descended upon him. Nothing was illuminated. Nothing was alive, except his anger, and his desire to be
liberated through retribution.
The
phone rang.
ÒJeff
Simms?Ó the voice asked. The voice
was deep and old and sounded like a black manÕs voice.
ÒYes,Ó
Jeff replied.
Ò1307
Jefferson Street, in the back.
ThatÕs where Batman lives.Ó
The
phone went dead.
I include this excerpt to
demonstrate the kind of rationality and individuality (the opposite of the
group awareness of the Night Cycle tribalism) that typifies the appearance of
the Dawn and regeneration of the world of form at a time of cultural
renaissance, when Law, Reason, Civilization are again valued – and when
Lawlessness, Chaos, Tribal Logic, and Emotional Righteousness are less valued,
in fact, get cast out.
I was a bona-fide liberal throughout my college years
(1970-74) and throughout the Carter presidency. That is, I was a white man on the side of the Shadow. In my mind, while in college, the dark
races were the victims of the white races. My fatherÕs world was absolutely evil and corrupt. I supported the civil rights movement;
I marched against the war in Vietnam; I supported the Dark, Female, pacifist
force against the capitalistic, militaristic Father. I was even a communist for a few years during the
1970Õs. But this all began to
change slowly.
I
remember sitting on a hill in Oregon some time during the early 1980Õs, with my
brother and some friends from college.
We all shared a similar world-view. Above, a jet plane passed, leaving a vapor trail in the sky. I said: ÔIsnÕt it amazing, there is a
highway in the air just like there is a highway on the earth.Õ This comment was met with a stunned
silence. Then I said: ÔItÕs pretty
amazing what humans have been able to do.
Look at this plane. It
weighs tons – and itÕs able to fly people all over the earth.Õ
My
friends were anti-man, anti-machine, anti-technology, anti-human growth. And I had been too. But the earth turns; and we turn with
it.
I
had been on the side of the black race in America for several decades. All blacks were good; all whites were
bad. Blacks had the right to kill
whites, since their violence against whites was a form of political retribution
for past injustices.
But
my perspective was changing. The
middle principle was changing sides, moving toward the light, away from the
dark. The illusion is that one
side (either side) is right, and the other wrong. The ideal, moral perspective gets lost. The paradox replaces it. There are good blacks and bad blacks;
there are good whites and bad whites; there are good and bad poor people, and
good and bad rich people. Life is
more complex than black and white.
Colors began to be born (Spring and Autumn, Dawn and Dusk, are times for
colors to appear in nature, afterall).
Individual judgment began to replace political/religious/scientific
dogmatism.
I
began to forgive my father for not having been perfect. And I began to forgive myself. I did not have to be martyred by the
dark race for past sins committed by assumed ancestors. I was responsible for myself. I was responsible for my own crimes,
not my raceÕs crimes. I was not
willing to allow Nat Turner to come in to my house and murder my family because
Nat Turner had been abused by white landowners in Virginia more than 100 years
earlier.
I
was white. If there were to be a
racial apocalypse in America, and races were to kill races, blacks would kill
me. I was white. In choosing death (and tragedy), I
would align myself with the poor dark races and see my own death as martyrdom
for past sins. In choosing life
(and comedy, levity), I would align myself with the rich white races, and see
my own life as an expression of JehovahÕs will that I live.
The
Dark Clouds, the Storm Gods, the Negative Floodwaters, are driven away at Dawn
by the Wind and the Will and by the heat of the Sun.
CHAPTER NINE.
TIME CYCLES IN AMERICAN HISTORY, CONTINUED: THE MASCULINE
IDEA OF MANIFEST DESTINY
(Looking at the Magic Lantern as a kind of Magical
Quadrant)
We were working our way through the
Nineteenth Century, with at least some limited success, until my digressions
led us slightly adrift.
This
type of typological historical analysis in which we are engaged is a bit like
trying to describe the images reflected on a wall by light being cast through a
magic lantern. Shapes are
sometimes grasped, glimpsed, then lost, as the turning lantern suggests
allusive connections, new interpretations. My intent is to avoid describing these images as rorschach
designs only, as simple shapes cast up out of my own mind, without relevance to
the phenomena they are fashioned by.
The
main premise of this book is that we have recently entered an 18-year economic
downturn – and that the economic recovery will not occur until about
2019. So my main focus, again, is
on the Noon-Midnight experience of Dionysus, the peaking of the expansion, and the
succeeding descent into negative, discordant matter, as a way of trying to
imply what lies ahead for America as a nation and as part of a larger world
community.
I
apologize that my style of investigation is not as linear as some readers might
like. There is really very little
that is truly linear in my subject matter; and I am reading this landscape (and
recording it) more like I might build a sketch or a painting, than as if I were
recording a mathematical proof.
We would expect a seed idea of
re-born masculinity to appear around the Midnight hour, at about 1839. This masculine re-birth expresses the
desire to live, to expand, to grow, to increase, counteracting the economic
contractions of the recent Night Cycle – the desire to die, to shrink, to
escape oneÕs shame -- expressed in the depressions of 1819 and 1837. A new sense of national mission –
of a covenant with God – would be expected as an inherent compact within
this rebirth. Manifest Destiny was
just such a seed-idea.
Noon 1821
Dusk 1830
Midnight 1839
Essentially Manifest Destiny was a
second Declaration of Independence from European powers (and Mexico). The doctrine of Manifest Destiny stated
that the North American continent south of Canada and north the Rio Grande
River belonged to the United States of America; and any attempt by a foreign
power to abrogate this right of ownership would be met by the use of American
military force. It was AmericaÕs
destiny to expand westward. Not
only was westward expansion required for social, political and commercial
reasons, but God was also calling on the people of the United States to expand
Ôthe borders of freedomÕ, to impart their ideals and belief in democratic
institutions to other people capable of self-government.
The
covenant with the New Jerusalem, which we will discover as a seed-idea in
Puritan and colonial America, appears again and again as justification for
American expansion, a call to American expansion, American empire. God has chosen America to be the
bringer of light and civilization to the world, even to those parts of the
world that may not yet appreciate the gift of light and civilization (this
includes, of course, to the immediate west, a wide variety of Native American
tribes and possibly outposts, fortifications and provinces of Mexico).
The
first appearance of the expression ÔManifest DestinyÕ, as far as I can tell,
was in 1845, in The United States Magazine and Democratic Review in an article by John L.
OÕSullivan, who wrote Ôthe fulfillment of our manifest destiny to overspread
the continent allotted by ProvidenceÉÕ
The term ÔManifest DestinyÕ became popularized by politicians and
journalists after that as the religious duty for America to spread her
influence throughout the world.
The Soul born at Midnight, which becomes the Renaissance Man
at Dawn, is the
ÔAnnointedÕ of God, the miraculous New Sun, the purveyor of GodÕs laws over the
Earth. The ÔChosen OneÕ. The force of a New Order overthrowing
the Dark Element of an Old Idea.
Dawn is a warrior for order, light and
the spread of civilization.
In
1846, the Mexican-American War begin With the Battle of Palo Alto. In this process, Texas was ÔfreedÕ from
Mexico, New Mexico was annexed from Mexico, and American settlers in California
proclaimed an independent Republic of California, which was annexed in to the
United States in august of that same year.
Midnight 1839
– Business Expansion begins.
Dawn 1848 – Business Bubble
accelerates.
Noon 1857 – Business Expansion
ends: Chaos Begins.
Expansion of light begins at Midnight; but it begins very quietly. Light is a child at Midnight, weak,
vulnerable, protected by the Darkness.
But this expansion gains momentum and runs like a train, eventually, to
its maximum extension, Noon – at which time it falls back to earth.
Donald
J. Mabry, in his article ÔEconomic History, 1843 -1857Õ describes the vigorous
American expansion of this Day-Cycle.
The inflation of the masculine Ego bubble brings inflated prices, an
inflated sense of national mission, and an inflated masculine power that brings
conflict to the world. (As the
symbolism of the erection indicates, the power of this type of erotic expansion
is periodical and limited.)
From 1843 to 1857, the market
economy showed what it could do without a major economic depression. The
results were impressive. In the 1844-1854 period, the total value of all
commodities rose 69%. In the 1840s, output per worker rose an average 10% in
the 1850s, 23%. In part, it was simply a further acceleration of the market
economy after the 1837-1843 depression.
Commercial
agriculture grew faster than ever. By 1846, the formerly protectionist
Northwest was exporting so much wheat to foreign markets that it became a free
trade area and voted for low tariffs in 1846. By 1850, the Northwest exceeded
the Northeast in wheat production with as the wheat growing areas moved into
Wisconsin, Iowa, eastern Kansas and Nebraska. The use of the mechanical reaper
pushed wheat production from 30 million bushels in 1850 to 100 million in 1860.
Meat packing and the production of corn and hogs was almost as spectacular. In
the South, in the 1840s, cotton production increased 60% and, in the 1850s,
increased 100%. The increasing productivity and profitability brought an
increase in slave prices as plantation owners, faced with labor shortage,
competed with each other for workers. In the 1790s, a prime field hand sold for
$300; by 1840, the amount was $1,000; and by 1860, $1,500. Some of this price
increase was simply inflation but the figures indicate that the prices were
climbing.
The
growth of regionally-specialized commercial agriculture was closely tied to the
development of a national system of transportation and communication. The railroad
network created in the 1850s brought the railway system to full efficiency. In
the 1840s, there were only 6,000 miles of track in the nation, by 1852, there
were 12,000 miles; and, by 1860, there were 30,000 miles. By 1857, one billion
dollars had been invested in railroads, two-thirds during 1850-1857. By the
early 1850s, the completion of 5 trunk lines connecting Boston, New York,
Philadelphia, Baltimore, and Charleston with Ohio and Mississippi by way of
Albany, Buffalo, Pittsburgh, Wheeling, Atlanta, Chattanooga and on to Chicago,
St Louis, and Memphis. One could go from the Atlantic Coast to Chicago or St
Louis in two days for $20. Numerous feeder lines meant that even more locales
could use railroad transportation.
American
exports grew from $144 million dollars in 1850 to $334 million in 1860, but
imports were greater than exports . The trade deficit grew from $5 million in
1850 to $58 million in 1860 and was met by the exportation of gold.
Immigration
surged upwards, especially from Ireland and the German-speaking parts of
Europe. Before 1825, there were 10,000 immigrants yearly. By the mid-1840s, ten
times as many or 100,000 a year were coming. By the early 1850s, the number had
reached 400,000 a year. In the 1844-1854 period, 3 million immigrants came.
They did factory work, the dirty work in railroad and canal construction,
domestic service, and any other jobs that they people who were already in the
US would not do them. The Germans tended to settle in the Mid West; the Irish
tended to stay in the Northeast. The Irish started displacing the women who
worked in New England and other Northeastern factories. So many came that
strong resentment against them grew in many places. A common expression about
the Irish was "it's a good thing the wheelbarrow was invented; it taught
the Irish to walk on their hind legs."
Their
coming to the United States helped grow the economy. Immigration is a subsidy
of the receiving country. Most people do not realize this. From the time a
child is born until he or she immigrants, people had to pay to raise that
child. In other words, a capital investment is made. When the person
immigrates, then the country to which the person goes gets the benefit of that
capital investment while the sending company loses it. So immigration
represents a source of wealth for the receiving country. That immigrants tend
to be healthy, ambitious people means that the investment is worth a great deal
to the receiving country.
The
rounding out of the vast and lucrative market set the stage for the Industrial
Revolution to occur in the US. From the 1850s on, industry was the motor for
economic expansion. Large-scale factory production had been developing since
the War of 1812. There was such growth in the 1840s that, by 1850, the value of
manufactured products exceeded the value of agriculture. From 1850 to 1860, the
value of manufactured goods went from just over $1 billion to just under $2
billion. The value added by manufacture rose 157% from 1839-1849. From
1844-1854 it rose 134%.
Cotton
textiles were the pioneer industry. Samuel Slater learned in his native Britain
about Arkwright's spinning and carding machines; he immigrated to the US in
1789 and built similar machines from memory. In 1793, he created the first US
cotton mill in Pawtucket, Rhode Island. The industry boomed during the War of
1812 because demand increased and imports were difficult to obtain. Successful
merchants saw the profits and began investing money in manufacturing. In
Massachusetts in 1813, Francis Cabot Lowell headed a group who founded the
Boston Manufacturing Company in Waltham, Massachusetts with $600,000. It used
an efficient power loom and spinning machine he had created with another man.
His mill was probably the world's first mill in which were performed all
operations converting raw cotton into finished cloth. This system spread to
wherever water power was available. It used the assembly line techniques
developed by Eli Whitney of Connecticut. The assembly line technique spread to
other products, hog butchering and packing being one example.
The
iron industry grew to meet the demand for new machines. Railroads were big
consumers as the locomotives and railroad cars were made of iron and ran on
iron rails. Iron was strong and malleable as increasingly was used in machines.
By
the 1840's , manufacturing was not as dependent upon waterfalls; stationary
steam engines allowed the location of factories in cities. With that development,
cities began to grow rapidly as working families flocked to them and others
went to sell them products. By 1860, greater New York City had over one million
people. Sizable cities such as St Louis and Cincinnati had come on the old
frontier.
With
the rise of industry came a new working class. Lowell hired farm and small town
girls to work in his factory. These Waltham Girls were carefully supervised at
work and at leisure so their parents would let them leave home. Many sought to
earn enough for a dowry; others supplemented the family income. For most
industrial workers, wages were low, hours were long, employment was tenuous,
working conditions were hard, and living conditions were bad. Some workers
tried to organize unions to improve the situation but the constant stream on
immigrants, who would accept any condition, meant that unions were rarely
effective.
As
a greater percentage of men were working in factories rather than on farms, the
ability of men to raise their children declined. Farming allowed men to raise
children, for he could keep an eye on them, but, unless his child worked in the
same factory, a father had little opportunity to see his child. Often, the
child worked under a foreman in a different place than the father. Industrialization,
although it had many social and economic benefits, meant that men who loved
their children had to leave them to others to raise.
Men,
women, and children were willing to pay the price for the economy was the most
prosperous the country had ever seen. Farm work involved very long hours for
everyone, hours shortened only by darkness. Children had chores. One of the
reasons to have children was that they consumed less than they produced.
Factory work differed because the work day did not shorten or lengthen with the
seasons. Here, too, most members of a family, if not the entire family, worked.
The payoff was a higher standard of living. Immigrants flocked to factories and
mines; the jobs that had to be done did not require much English. They also
flocked to farming communities which used free labor; they tended to stay away
from the South since they did not want to compete with slave labor.
With
prosperity, people were generous; there seemed to be more than enough to go
around. Sectional tensions were at a low ebb. The US Congress gave away 18
million acres of land to railroad companies between 1850 and 1860 to get
transcontinental railroads built. The South, which believed cotton was king,
supported railroad construction because it wanted to get cotton to markets.
Industrial expansion did well even under the low tariff of 1846, which had been
supported by agrarian interests. Settlement was expanding as Americans went
westward, some across the Oregon Trail. The Mormons had to leave the US in
1846-47 to find refuge in Mexico but the Mexican War (1846-48) swallowed Utah
as part of the Mexican Cession. The gold strike in 1849 near San Francisco
encouraged thousands to go to California. The cotton frontier was expanding
westward into the Mississippi Delta region and further westward into eastern
Texas.
As
we have stated before, Noon
represents the ultimate outward expansion (materialization) of an idea
(manifest destiny, for instance) or an energy (positive, externalized),
followed by the loss of momentum, and the collapsing back toward earth
(gravity). We expect economic
crisis to mark this fall of the Solar Hero, as expansion turns in to
contraction. (The diameter of the
circle runs from one side to the other side, dividing the circle in half, and
then disappearing back in to the unified circle when the bubble expansion has
created ultimately pops.)
Midnight 1839
– Business Expansion begins.
Chaos begins to end.
Dawn 1848 – Business Bubble
accelerates.
Noon 1857 – Business Expansion
ends: Chaos begins.
Dusk 1866 – Business Contraction
accelerates.
Midnight 1875
– Business Expansion begins.
Chaos begins to end.
The
Panic of 1857. America did have an economic panic that
began in 1857; this led into the Dark Half of the 18 year cycle (the
Night-Cycle) which led, shortly thereafter, into the American Civil War.
J.S. Gibbons
writes in The Banks of New York, Their Dealers, the Clearing-House, and the
Panic of 1857.
The major financial catalyst for the panic of 1857 was
the August 24, 1857, failure of the New York branch of the Ohio Life Insurance
and Trust Company. It was soon reported that the entire capital of the Trust's
home office had been embezzled. What followed was one of the most severe
economic crises in U.S. history.
Almost
immediately, New York bankers put severe restrictions on even the most routine
transactions. In turn, many people interpreted these restrictions as a sign of
impending financial collapse and panicked. Individual holders of stock and of commercial
paper rushed to their brokers and eagerly made deals that "a week before
they would have shunned as a ruinous sacrifice." As the September 12,
1857, Harper's Weekly described the scene on the New York Stock Exchange,
"Éprominent stocks fell eight or ten per cent in a day, and fortunes were
made and lost between ten o'clock in the morning and four of the
afternoon."
The
Report of the Clearinghouse Committee, produced in the years following the
panic of 1857, found that "A financial panic has been likened to a
malignant epidemic, which kills more by terror than by real disease." Yet
behind the reaction of New York's bankers to the closing of a trust company lay
a confluence of national and international events that heightened concern:
The British withdrew capital from U.S. banks; grain
prices fell; Russia undersold U.S. cotton on the open market; manufactured
goods lay in surplus; railroads overbuilt and some defaulted on debts; land
schemes and projects, dependent on new rail routes, failed.
To compound the problem, the SS Central America, a
wooden-hulled steamship transporting millions of dollars in gold from the new
San Francisco Mint to create a reserve for eastern banks, was caught in a
hurricane and sunk in mid-September. (The vessel had aboard 581
persons—many carrying great personal wealth—and more than $1
million in commercial gold. She also bore a secret shipment of 15 tons of
federal gold, valued at $20 per ounce, intended for the eastern banks.)
As
banking institutions of the day dealt in specie (gold and silver coins instead
of paper money) the loss of some thirty thousand pounds of gold reverberated
through the financial community. Howell Cobb, secretary of the treasury,
encouraged not only the placement of vast amounts of such government gold on
the market, but also redemption of government bonds at a premium. At his
suggestion, President James Buchanan proposed to Congress that the Treasury be
authorized to sell revenue bonds for the first time since the Mexican American
War.
Although
bankers showed the first signs of concern, depositors soon followed. On October
3 there was a marked increase of withdrawals in New York, and over the next two
weeks withdrawals nearly quadrupled. Reports of financial instability, perhaps
exaggerated, were quickly carried between cities by the new telecommunications
medium, the telegraph.
As
the public's faith in soundness of financial institutions continued to plummet,
the nation's banks began to collapse. Although the East Coast was hardest
hit—with bank closures in New York, Philadelphia, Baltimore, and
elsewhere, bank failures also reached across the Missouri River to cities such
as Omaha. The climax came on October 14, ÓSuspension Day, when banking was
suspended in New York and throughout New England.
The
term panic refers to the worst moments of a financial crisis. What follows is
frequently a recession (a period of reduced economic activity) or a depression
(a more serious and prolonged period of low economic activity, marked
especially by rising unemployment). The contraction of the economy that
followed the panic of 1857 was profound and had parallels in Europe, South
America, South Africa, and the Far East causing it to be held as the
first worldwide economic crisis.
In
the U.S., the setback caused significant job loss; a major slowdown in capital
investment, commerce, land development, and the formation of unions, as well as
in the rate of immigration. The effects of the "revulsion," as it was
referred to at the time, lasted a full eighteen months and reverberated until
the onset of the Civil War.
Harper's
Weekly, for September 12, 1857, took
a dim view of dealings on the New York Stock Exchange. They claimed that the
greed of speculators underlay the panic and gave examples that included the
following:
ÉJones believes that we are going to have a
"crisis," a "revulsion," and "panic." Or Jones is
treasurer of the New Gauge Railway, and having access to the books, knows that
it is insolvent. In both these cases Jones directs his broker to sell for his
account so many shares of the New Gauge RailwayÉretaining the right of
delivering the stock on any day he pleases prior to the conclusion of the
contract. Of course, Jones doesn't own the stock he sells; he intends to buy it
at a reduced price at the time he delivers. Now, if Jones has been right in his
prognostications — if the panic and crisis do come, or if the New Gauge
Company does turn out to be insolvent, of course the stock goes down, and Jones
buys in for delivery at the reduced price, realizing the difference between
that price and the one at which he sold. But if Jones has been wrong — if
the crisis don't come, or is unduly postponed — such things have been
known to occur — if the New Gauge concern should prove profitable, and
not insolvent, why then the stock might go up, and at the end of the contract
Jones might be forced to buy for, say $50, that which he sold at $45 —
netting a loss of $5 per share.
In the late 1880s the wreck of the SS Central America
was located about 8,000 feet under water. One ton of extraordinary riches
surfaced including the world's largest bar of gold ingot, weighing more than
eighty pounds, and thousands of 1857-S Liberty Double Eagle twenty-dollar gold
pieces, each of which contained nearly a full ounce of gold.
Gibbons speculates the world-wide financial crisis
lasted for18 months (again the number 18). My thesis, of course, is that the period of chaos and
depression lasted much longer, from 1857 – 1875: 18 years. Historians tend to think of history as
a succession of unconnected (or loosely-connected) events. Discrete happenings: here today, gone
tomorrow. A connecting theory or
structure of history will enable historians to organize isolated incidents into
a fabric of causes for better understanding cycles in history.
Historians
seem to agree that there was a Panic of 1857, a Panic and Depression of
1869-1871, and a Panic of 1873. My
argument is that these depressions were all part of the same general phenomena:
the Night-Cycle of the deflating Masculine Ego bubble. Life expands; Death contracts. Heat expands; cold contracts. Life constructs the Tree of Life; Death
de-constructs the Tree of Life, returns energy to the soil, returns to its
Winter roots.
Miriam Medina writes in her article ÔThe Panic and
Depression of 1869-1871Õ:
The New York Stock Exchange rose to
a position of real prominence only after the Civil War. In the 1860Õs the United States was not
on the gold standard. Monetary values
were expressed in terms of paper money.
Gold
was scarce, and the scarcity resulted in high interest rates. By 1869 the
federal treasury held in reserve $95,000,000 in gold, but only $15,000,000
worth of the precious metal circulated throughout the country. Even at that
time the fact that it did not deal in gold as a commodity threw a great part of
the community's highly speculative business over to the Gold Exchange, which
was formed for that purpose exclusively.
The
Gold Exchange was established in 1864 on the corner of Broad Street and
Exchange Place. The dramatic incident of this period was the gold panic on
Black Friday in September, 1869, when a combination of several unscrupulous
speculators, among them James Fisk, Jr., and Jay Gould, attempted to corner and
put to extravagant figures the gold supply of the market. Operations on the
Stock Exchange proper at that time were largely made up of the personal
struggles of rival capitalists, notably in connection with the Erie and New
York Central railroads.
The
completion of the Pacific Railway (1869) caused extensive speculation in shares
of the two transcontinental railways, and as capital increased and the railway
mileage of the country extended the transactions of the Exchange became of a
national rather than provincial character. The leading operators of that time
were Gould, Fisk, Daniel Drew, Cornelius Vanderbilt and their associates. None
of the capitalists named was accustomed to trade personally on the Stock
Exchange; indeed, such a practice has always been the rare exception among
active financiers.
BLACK FRIDAY: The term is often used to designate
a dark financial day. September 24, 1869, is sometimes referred to as Black
Friday in the United States. On this day a syndicate of New York bankers advanced
the price of gold to 162 1/2, causing a panic. It sold at 143 1/8 the previous
evening. The Grant Administration dumped $4,000,000 in gold on the market, the
price falls in fifteen minutes from 162 to 133, and many investors were ruined.
Fortunes were lost. Wall Street brokerage houses failed. Railway stocks shrank.
The nation's business was paralyzed. Another such day was Friday, Sept. 19,
1873, when Jay Cooke & Co., leading American bankers, failed. A great crash
ensued in Wall Street, the center of financial operations in America, and the
historic panic of 1873 began. Credit generally was impaired and many financial
institutions were forced into bankruptcy.
Ms Medina also writes about the ÔPanic of 1873Õ.
The Panic of 1873 begins another period
of [American] depression. The
economy is in fact over-expanded, particularly in railroad construction, and
the weak link turns out to be the banking house of Jay Cooke and Company, which
helped the U.S. Government finance the Civil War and also underwrote the
construction of the Northern Pacific Railroad. Jay Cooke and Company, a large
and respected banking house declares itself bankrupt, and announces its failure
on September 18, 1873. (The bank's
collapse precipitates the "Panic of 1873" and the ensuing three year
depression during which more than 10,000 businesses fail.)
The basic economic problems are
overproduction, a declining market and deflation. Investors in Europe, where a
depression is already underway, begin to call in American loans. The New York
Stock Exchange closes its doors for 10 days; other businesses fail; and
railroad construction is curtailed, with some railroads defaulting on their
bonds. The unemployed begin to move about the country seeking jobs, and bread
lines appear in the cities. The hard times drove numbers of laboring people and
those in humble circumstances to the West and other portions of the country, to
seek the rewards which the stagnation of business in the great commercial
centre denied them.
This does not mean that the depression was the only reality from 1857 through 1875, or in any Night-Cycle
experience. Light (the energy of
erection – anti-entropy) and Darkness (the energy of de-construction
– entropy – or impotence, if a lack of energy can be expressed as a
type of introverted energy) always exist together. But from 1857 through 1875, the energy of deconstruction was
stronger than the energy of construction.
Light
struggles with Darkness during the Night – but Darkness wins. Darkness struggles with Light during
the Day – but Light wins.
Ego-Deflation cycles are not without attempts at Ego-Inflation. Ego-Inflation cycles are not without
attempts at Ego-Deflation. Gravity
is stronger than Levity during the Night cycle. Levity is stronger than Gravity during the Day cycle, when
man flies above the earth.
Words
are limited in expressing these concepts clearly (since the spirit has more
levity during the Night that during the Day, but the body has more levity
during the Day that during the Night).
Words are tools for sketching this process; but words can be
misunderstood. Words also have a
substance and a shadow side.
I also do not want to give the impression that
economic panics happen only during the Night-Cycle of history, during the
decline of the Male Principle. One
of the greatest ÔpanicsÕ in American history occurred in 1987, during the heart
of the ÔReagan MiracleÕ. In one
day in 1987, ÔBlack MondayÕ, the Dow Jones Industrial Average lost 22% of its
value. But, within a week, the
market had bottomed, and buyers had returned to the market, pushing prices back
up again. There are negative
incidents in Day-Cycle bullish periods, panics, sell-offs – but these
incidents do not end the larger trend.
There was negative growth in the economy in 1953-54; but the overall
electric-energy of the era was positive.
There
are ÔnightsÕ during the Day-Cycle; but these nights are weak and short. There are ÔdaysÕ, during the
Night-Cycle; but these days are also weak and short.
![]()
The American Civil War, which began in 1861 and ran
into 1865, was the ultimate act of de-construction, in that it pitted brother
against brother (Apollo against Dionysus), over the issue of secession, or
divorce, or dismantlement of a country.
De-construction. Civil War
is the ultimate chaos a society can experience.
The
Civil War had many surface causes – urban trade of northern cities versus
agrarian systems of the south – England against France again –
Civilization against Culture again – but it also had at its heart the
ÔromanticÕ issues of racial inequality, slavery, and feminism. ÔEqualityÕ are always issues that move
the Romantic – and ÔequalityÕ, the balanced scales, is the sign of Libra
in the zodiac, which occupies the position of the Dusk, the Romantic Autumn.
The
1850Õs and 1860Õs were very fertile times for AmericaÕs emerging national
culture. Literature saw the rise
of Melville, Hawthorne, Thoreau, Whitman.
Harriet Beecher StoweÕs book Uncle TomÕs Cabin moved people all over the world to the plight of
AmericaÕs slaves.
The
expansion of Life (the Day Phase) is about GodÕs Will – what the Bible
says. The contraction of Life (the
Night Phase) is about HumanityÕs Will, about Humanism, ManÕs sense of justice.
The Day is monotheistic at heart,
tyrannical in the extreme, and autocratic by nature. Why is this so?
The Day is ruled by One Heavenly Force, the Sun. Occasionally a dim image of the Moon
can be seen floating by, seemingly dead, ghostly, incomplete, without power or
presence.
If
one studies the heavens at Night, in contrast, one sees a whole range of
planetary and stellar forces (described as divinities by ancient
cultures). The Moon is the closest
and the largest of the heavenly bodies; but there are myriad stars in the sky,
all demanding recognition. There
is a heavenly circle of constellations which the human mind conceived as a
girdle, or circle of houses, through which the Sun passed in its annual journey
through the heavens. Man was blind
of the heavens during the Day; man had no soul during the Day. The Sun was so blinding that man lost
his sense of the magnificent expanse of Nature. ManÕs own nature expanded so much during the Day that it
blotted out God and the heavens.
Man actually believed he was God during the Day, his pride making of him
reflection of the Sun God – and this was his great sin, this pride
– from which he must eventually fall. Mister Greenspan became a symbol of this, of course. It is my thesis that he has been our
Ahab, that America is the Pequod, that God manifests as the Great White Whale
(White and Black by turns, as the yin-yang symbol portrays it); and that we are
all heading down to the bottom of the sea, after the White Whale has stove-in
the Ship of State, punishing the crew (all of us) for the transgressions of its
captain.
The
Day is monotheistic, reflecting belief in the Great One God, the Sun. It is a time of the Outer Body,
animated by the Spirit. It is the
time of the Chosen People, the Covenant, Conquest, Triumph, Wealth. The Day ultimately desires a monarchy,
desires a government not of equal men, but of a replica of the Sun, itself, a
Man-God-King who rules with iron hand, the archetype of the Patriarch. This rule is based in the worship of
Man-above-Nature, in the ManÕs conquest of Nature, and in the Worship of
Material Reproduction (the conquest of land and gold).
The
Night is polytheistic and pantheistic (pagan, if you will), reflecting belief
in a plurality of gods, the Moon and Stars, the forces of Nature. Orthodox Christianity dismisses this
sequence as Paganism, as a kind of Pantheism. It is a time of the Inner Body, the Dream Body, animated by
Spirit. It is the time of the
death of the Outer Body, Judgment Day, Man Meeting His Maker, Crucifixion,
Purification, Holiness, and, ultimately, of Rebirth. The Night, ultimately, at its extreme, also desires a
monarchy (Moon Ark Key), desires a government not of equal men, but of a
replica of the Moon, a Matriarchal rule, based in the worship of Nature and in
the Worship of Sexual Reproduction, with the woman on top and the man a
weakened (impotent) accessory. (As
I have written, we will also find ÔfeminismÕ as a radical culture also at its
most power at this stage of Midnight, Capricorn, Winter Solstice.)
The
Night is ÔreligiousÕ is the mystical sense, a living God moving among tribal
societies, imparting laws and lessons of wisdom through GodÕs manifestation
through Nature. Shamen, priests,
prophets, poets and artists are all considered close to God, messengers of God,
and are honored in the Night-Cycle society.
The
Day is ÔreligiousÕ in the non-mystical sense of a written codes of Law and a
priesthood that enforces a relatively rigid code of comprehension of this
written Law. The living religion
of Night is replaced by the historic religion (the written text) of an
ancestral reality. Prophets are
scorned, arrested or labeled lunatics during the Day-Cycle of empire.
Prophets,
shamen, mystic priests, artists and poets lead the society back to God in the Dusk; and they lead the society into the
light, away from the darkness at Dawn. But, like
Moses, they do not enter the Promised Land themselves, the Land of Light and
Wealth and Milk and Honey. They
wait behind at the place where the two worlds meet, their work never done, leading
some to light and some to darkness, depending on their deeds and on the
trajectory of their arcs.
The
Dawn is
essentially the same ÔmanÕ as the Dusk but with the difference that the Dawn has his back to the Darkness (the
Moon) and his face to the Light (the Sun) and is moving toward the Father
Light; the Dusk
has his back to the Light (the Sun, the Father) and his face to the Darkness
(the Moon) and is moving toward the Darkness, the Mother, the Source of his
Life and the seedbed of his new life through Re-Birth.
The Dawn is a Republican in the pure sense of
the word – a believer in the Republic. The Dusk is a Democratic in the pure sense of the word – a
believer in the Democracy.
The
Republic – i.e, democracy of, for, and by the aristocracy -- is the
domain of the Renaissance Man (the ÔenlightenedÕ Mercantile Renaissance Man at Dawn moving away from Religion and
toward Science, embedded in Humanism.
Democracy (considered ÔMob-ocracyÕ by many republican aristocrats)
– i.e., democracy of, for, and by the equal masses of men and women
– is the domain of the Romantic Renaissance Man at Dusk, also embedded in Humanism, moving,
in his mind at least, away from the City, from Civilization, back toward
Nature, moving back toward Religion, back toward the Earth). Democracy only exists when the two
primordial forces exist in a relatively balanced state of wholeness as the
middle principle – the Human Principle, and Humanism -- between the two
extremes of Sun or Male Monarchy (Patriarchal Fascism) and Moon or Female
Monarchy (Matriarchal Communism).

To the extent that the monotheists
(monarchists) persecute the pagans (peasants, Goths) (those who have no
physical body to defend themselves, technology also being an extended form of
the body) indicates just how much suffering the monotheists will have to endure
once they lose their bodies and become, themselves, now defenseless, residents
in the land of the Night, the polytheists, as karmic law animates the piper who
plays a love song for the Goddess Nemesis.
Note
in the diagram, the number 7 is the end of manifestation in matter (spirit
materializing) at Noon (in Cancer)
and also the end of manifestation in spirit (matter spiritualizing) at Midnight (in Capricorn). 7 of course is the last Day of Creation, the Sabbath, the
Great Day of the Lord (Saturn-Jehovah) at which time all activity stops.
I do not wish to leave this time
period without saying something about the great Abraham Lincoln. I have said that a Father Figure almost
always dies or is wounded at or near the Noon Hour of the Time-Cycle. John Kennedy is martyred near the
Noon-Hour in 1963.
Noon 1965
Dusk 1974
Midnight 1983
Abraham Lincoln is martyred near the
Noon-Hour in
1865 (actually closer to the Dusk-Hour).
Noon 1857
Dusk 1866
Midnight 1875
Dawn 1884
Our earlier characterization of the
Positive-Electric Time Periods as being ÔCowboyÕ periods and the
Negative-Electric Time Periods as being ÔIndianÕ periods, makes the phenomena
of Lincoln and Kennedy (as symbols) somewhat hard to place. Was Abraham Lincoln a Cowboy or an
Indian? Which was John F.
Kennedy?
Another
way of looking at this – with less onus on individuals and the place(s)
they inhabit on the electrical arc – is to look at both sides of the
cycle in terms of the journey of the
Sun Hero, whose ascension is to provide light and life for the world and
whose descent creates discord, poverty, political conflict and social chaos.
John
Wilkes Booth is clearly an emanation of the Dark Brother, Set in Egyptian mythology,
who murders his brother Osiris and sends Egypt into an era of loss, mourning
and prayers for resurrection.
Lee
Harvey Oswald is a similar figure, dark, lonely, alienated. It is not clear to me that Lee Harvey
Oswald did kill John Kennedy. It
seems much more likely to me that rogue forces of the FBI, the CIA, in
collusion with the mafia killed John Kennedy. Perhaps some day we will know the truth about this.
Both Lincoln and Kennedy appear as
Sun Heroes, both murdered by the forces of chaos and disintegration. Lincoln devoted his life (and gave his
life for) the concept of the Union – Unity, the mystical marriage of the
two opposing forces. The Civil War
was a graphic picture of the symbolic rupturing of that mystical marriage by
the forces of chaos.
John
Kennedy was, in many ways, the archetypal Sun Hero. Handsome, young, intelligent, a bright light in the world,
who was killed by the forces of polarization. KennedyÕs death threw America in to the most polarized
chaotic time it had experienced since the death of Lincoln.
There is an odd phenomena at work in
the biography of North and South, Heaven and Earth, Heaven and Hell, Light and
Darkness. We know that when it is
Summer in the North it is Winter in the South; and when it is Winter in the
North it is Summer in the South.
These forces are not stationary but are in constant movement, pulling
away from one another for a time; then drawn toward one another by the law of
attraction.
Spring
(Dawn) and Autumn (Dusk) are the two times during the SunÕs annual journey that
these forces of Light and Darkness meet.
The Northern Autumn is the Southern Spring – and, as such, at this
time the Southern force kills the Northern force and takes his place in Heaven,
although moving in a counter-direction through the heavens. When the North becomes dark, the South
becomes light. When the North
becomes light, the South becomes dark.
The
North moves ever in a clockwise direction; the South ever in a
counter-clockwise direction. It is
proclaimed, through this Law of Nature, that North and South will ever see the
world from both different perspectives and also from different angles of
momentum.

Interpretation of reality will
always be trained through a different lens because of this dynamic of polarity.
When
the East says: ÒItÕs DayÓ, the West will counter ÒNo, itÕs Night.Ó When the North says: ÒItÕs SummerÓ, the
South will always counter ÒNo, itÕs Winter.Ó These four forces will always run from counter directions,
with counter perceptions. A truly
unified Earth will never be possible because of this.
Myth never happened but always is.
Sallust, Gods and the World
CHAPTER TEN.
TIME CYCLES IN AMERICAN HISTORY, CONTINUED
(The Falcon cannot hear the Falconer)
Turning and turning in the
widening gyre
The falcon cannot hear the
falconer;
Things fall apart; the centre
cannot hold;
Mere anarchy is loosed upon the
world,
The blood-dimmed tide is loosed,
and everywhere
The ceremony of innocence is
drowned;
The best lack all conviction, while the worst
Are full of passionate intensity.
W.B. Yeats – ÔThe Second
ComingÕ
I have written that my main focus in
this book is on the predictable contraction periods when structures collapse or
come under attack by the forces of chaos (entropy) – or, in W.B. Yeats
famous words: ÔThings fall apart: the centre cannot hold.Õ
But
that is not our only focus. We
also expect to see significant evidence of national modes of expansion and
unity during the Day-Cycles of American history.
Expansion
is supposed to occur in the Cowboy Cycle (Midnight – Noon), it might be interesting to see in
which phases the majority of expansions of the American borders have occurred
over the last 250 years.
Dawn 1776 – Original expansion:
American Declaration of Independence.
1782-3: Treaties with Britain to
establish the United States. as an independent country being bound on the north
by Canada, on the south by Spanish Florida, on the west by the Mississippi
River, and on the east by the Atlantic Ocean.
Noon 1785
Dusk 1794
Midnight 1803:
The Louisiana Purchase (bought by Thomas Jefferson from France) extends the
western
boundary of the United States to the
Rocky Mountains. The Purchase doubles the territory of the United States.
1810: President James Madison
declares West Florida a U.S. possession.
1810: Tristan de Cunha first
overseas possession claimed by the U.S.
Dawn 1812
1818: A convention with Great
Britain established the northern boundary of the Louisiana Purchase at 49
degrees north.
1819: Florida was ceded to the
United States and purchased from Spain.
1820: Maine became a state, carved
out of the state of Massachusetts. The northern boundary of Maine was disputed
between the U.S. and Canada so the King of the Netherlands was brought in as an
arbiter and he settled the dispute in 1829. However, Maine refused the deal and
since Congress requires the approval of a state legislature for boundary
changes, the Senate could not approve a treaty over the border. Ultimately, in
1842 a treaty established the Maine-Canada border of today although it provided
Maine with less territory than the King's plan would have.
Noon 1821
Dusk 1830
Midnight 1839
1845: The independent Republic of
Texas (1836-1845) is annexed to the United States. The territory of Texas
extended north to 42 degrees north (into modern Wyoming) due to a secret treaty
between Mexico and Texas.
1846: Oregon Territory is ceded to
the U.S. from Britain following an 1818 joint claim on the territory. The Treaty of Oregon establishes the
boundary at 49 degrees north.
Dawn 1848: The Treaty of Guadalupe
Hidalgo following the Mexican War between the U.S.
and Mexico resulted in the purchase
of Arizona, California, Nevada, New Mexico, Texas, Utah, and western Colorado.
1853: With the Gadsden Purchase of
1853, the land acquisition that resulted in the area of the 48 contiguous
states today was completed. Southern Arizona and southern New Mexico were
purchased for $10 million and named for the U.S. minister to Mexico, James
Gadsden.
1856: Guano Islands Act. U.S. claims Baker Island, Howard
Island, and Navassa Island.
Noon 1857
Dusk 1866
1867: Alaska was purchased from
Russia for $7.2 million in gold. Some thought the idea was ridiculous and the
purchase became known as Seward's Folly, after Secretary of State William Henry
Seward. The boundary between Russia and Canada was established by treaty in
1825.
Midnight 1875
Dawn 1884
Noon 1893
1898: Hawaii was annexed into the
United States. Puerto Rico, Guam,
the Philippines and Cuba ceded from Spain at end of Spanish-American War.
1899:
Dusk 1902
Midnight 1911
1917:
United States Virgin Islands bought from Danes.
Dawn 1920
1925: The final treaty with Great
Britain clarifies the boundary through the Lake of the Woods (Minnesota),
resulting in the transfer of a few acres between the two countries.
Noon 1929: American Samoa made a formal
territory of the U.S.
Dusk 1938
Midnight 1947:
Marshall Islands, Federated Islands of Micronesia, Northern Mariana Islands,
and Palau
Formalized
under U.S. trusteeship.
Dawn 1956
Noon 1965
Clearly more physical expansions in American
history have occurred during the 18-year cycles I have called Day Cycles or
Cowboy expansions. I would also
expect to see higher birth rates during these Midnight-Noon cycles. But finding statistics on this is not always easy. The statistics I did find do indicate a higher per-capita
birthrate during the expansion cycles than during the contraction cycles,
although the birth-rates during the expansion cycle from 1983 – 2001 seem
very low.
Midnight 1911 – Noon 1929: 511
Noon
1929 - Midnight 1947: 385.5
Midnight 1947 - Noon 1965: 455